Nutritionally fortified liquid composition with added value delivery systems/elements/additives

ABSTRACT

A shelf-stable, ready to use, water-like composition for humans/animals; as an adjunct to fiber-water, and/or safe drinking water, consumed directly, tube feedings, or in the preparation/reconstitution of food(s)/beverage(s). Fortified Fiber-Water is fiber-water, with added delivery systems: Encapsulations/particles, of different size(s), shape(s), material(s), colors, non-visible, serving one or more functions: improved taste, odor-masking; controlled release applications; bio-availability of actives, avoid hygroscopicity; minimized interactions, improved thermal, oxidative, and shelf-life; decorative. Viscosity changing elements, (with one or more viscosity changing additives, with or without encapsulations, particles) to enhance delivery of active medicants/ingredients of categories: pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, dietary supplements, therapeutics, diagnostics, etc. Composition ensures hydration, simultaneously providing soluble fiber (fiber-water), with additives contained within the delivery systems, having the ability to target specific health goals/needs: weight loss, diabetes, cholesterol/heart, gastrointestinal tract disorders/improvement, osteoporosis, cancer, pain, stress, relaxant, stimulant etc.

The present application is a continuation-in-part application of, and claims priority from, U.S. Ser. No. 10/204,572, filed 21 Aug. 2002 which was a continuation of, and claims priority from, PCT/US01/05630 filed 22 Feb. 2001, which in turn claims priority from U.S. Ser. No. 09/510,400, filed 22 Feb. 2000 and issued 19 Jun. 2001 as U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390.

In modern society, regardless of age, people are obliged to live with a multiplicity of various injurious, and stressful, conditions that affect the body. Moreover, as we extend “life span” there is a remarkable, and rapid, increase in the population of the elderly (seniors) living under these circumstances, and further there exists a high incidence of acute, and/or chronic, diseases therefore providing an increasing need for addressing health desires and challenges, ameliorating and/or preventing disease, and/or maintaining and promoting health, and establishing well being and wellness.

Upon being diagnosed with any life-threatening disease, a prescribed method of treatment is the first step on the road to recovery. Optimistically, new health trends show American patients are becoming more interested in non-traditional treatments. Additionally, populations are becoming more preventative, health orientated, educated, and increasingly directed towards improving their quality of life as well as longevity. Also, and fast forwarding, seeking more and more “the means” by which they can insure longer lasting good health for themselves and their families. Animals too!

It is therefore the goal of the inventor, with all the aforesaid in mind, taken to heart, and being a focus, while noticing with keen observance, that there must be new delivery systems by which to deliver active ingredients that is acceptable, desirable, and foremost ethical for which to deliver target specific, and target general, substances that will offer the greatest return on investment . . . an investment in health.

Problematic today is the inconsistency of the consumer to adhere to a routine, except perhaps, when it comes to pharmaceuticals, which are basically for pain relief and address illness, be it healing from an infection and/or disease. Succinctly put, commercially available vitamin and mineral supplements are convenient and useful in many circumstances where improved nutrient uptake is desirable. However, adhering to a daily routine of nutritional supplementation has had limited success. For example, daily supplementation requires a change in normal habits and practices of the user.

Further, some individuals find that supplements provide no immediate physiological signal to help them perceive a benefit, or to establish a consistent routine of use. A number of other pharmacological agents taken for health are typically associated with a, or more than one, noticeable bodily or physiological response(s). We have, unfortunately, become far too much of a society whereby you have to “feel it to believe it.” It is believed that the lack of a physiological signal from the vast majority of nutritional supplements is responsible for limiting the overall acceptability of them, which is unfortunate since there is a need for supplementation to augment the daily intake of vitamins and minerals found in foods.

At least the inventor found no resistance in getting a consumer to have at least one bottle of water a day, sometimes more. (Maybe not all drunk at once, but at least a bottle a day). The water with fiber enrichment, invention Fiber-water (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390 to the same inventor), elicited the same response as plain water as it taste just like water.

Building on that, therefore it is the intention of the inventor to present new and novel additions to the invention Fiber-water by taking it to the next level, so as to address all the aforesaid through safe, pure, fresh fiber enriched water while maintaining basically the taste of water.

While the term “Functional Foods” has become more commonplace, for many a better definition is necessary ergo the term “Functional Foods”, meaning foods containing functional ingredients with documented beneficial health effects, consumed as part of the daily diet.

Additionally of noteworthiness is an American study on consumer behavior confirming that there has been a change in how customers relate to health and well-being. Previously good health meant, “taking the bad out,” for example by reducing the salt or fat content in food. Today we are seeing a shift in the word “health” in connection with food, meaning, “putting the good in”. That was the goal of Fiber-water and now extending the novelty of that invention by adding one or more additional benefits in one or more categories of supplementation including but not limited to, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, dietary supplements, etc. It is even more critical as noted by the inventor if we take a careful and critical look at the quality of food produced today, (from soils depleted in nutrients), protracted storage time in warehouses, and extended shelf life in the consumer marketplace.

Happy to report that surveys are showing that a large, and continuously increasing, number of consumers are now taking more responsibility for their own health. The inventor predicts, and shall participate in, what she envisions is the future scenario . . . consumers who will focus on “nutrition management” involving personally formulated diets, with the results that the boundaries between medicine and nutrition will become blurred. In order to accomplish the aforesaid new technologies and methodologies will have to be employed. These include but are not limited to the delivery of ingredients, the manufacturing technologies, but the methods by which business is conducted so that companies, regardless of their size, will produce “quality” while operating profitably. Business models, methods and opportunities are fully covered in the inventor's CIP of PCT/US01/09171 titled: Method of Hydration; infusion Packet System(s), Support Member(s) Delivery System(s), and Method(s); with Business Model(s) and Method(s).

At the time of this writing the inventor is noticing an ever-growing trend amongst adults who are becoming more aware and specifically desirous of using beverages (nutritional drinking) to help maintain their health. Further, parents and caregivers are becoming increasingly aware (and with awareness comes responsibility) of what they are giving to the younger generation. Not only are they providing products “in the now” but also hopefully teaching these impressionable minds how to make sound healthy choices as they mature. This inventor takes great pains, and is dedicated to providing to the beverage companies first, the systems by which to deliver, and additionally suggestions and formulations of what to deliver. Further the inventor is a major supporter of those who wish to improve their health, those with healthier goals, those with health challenges, be they infants, children, teenagers, the aging population (seniors), regardless, and even their pets.

There is one universal solvent, the one element that everyone needs everyday to live, and that is water. Water provides hydration, for without water one cannot live. So water, to this inventor, in the simplistic of terms, becomes the essential delivery system. Fiber is necessary to live healthier and now on to the additional new and novel.

Building on this the invention Fiber-Water (to this inventor, Stillman, U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390 and now adding additional systems into the Fiber-Water (or even into plain pure water) which delivers fiber within one or more of the new and novel delivery systems, not just the formulations, by which to deliver the aforesaid. It is not far different than looking at society's advancement in communication technologies such the inventions of the telephone, (now wireless cell phones), walkie-talkies, fax machines, internet, etc. New pathways of delivery in beverage delivery must advance if we are to deliver the myriad of new discoveries in substances that will not just address life span but health span as well.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

One of the main goals, call it the beauty if you will, of Fiber-Water . . . water containing soluble fiber (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390) is the fact that it “taste just like water” yet delivers a significant amount of soluble fiber, while simultaneously providing pure fresh necessary water to live (hydration) for humans and/or animals.

The next generation of fiber-waters is new and novel due to the fact that, while the fiber in water composition still presents a significant amount of soluble fiber, ergo contributing significantly to daily hydration needs (pure fresh water, still or sparkling), it further incorporates one or more systems designed to deliver one or more additional health promoting/addressing ingredients/components, while ensuring their stability, their bio-availability, controlling their release (if deemed desirable and/or appropriate), including but not limited to the groups titled: pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, dietary supplements, enzymes, amino-acids, diagnostics, pre-biotics, pro-biotics, anti-inflamatories, anti-bacterials, herbal extracts, aroma(s), flavor, color, etc.

By this new invention it is the goal of the inventor to still present a product, following all the guidelines of fiber-water as its basis, but to continue beyond fiber-water with the aforesaid being innovational, while keeping the general taste of water and/or a water composition that tastes just like, and/or near to water.

It is to be noticed here, described in detail later, that waters have different tastes due to their Total Dissolved Solids and/or Total Dissolved Salts. Additionally some mineral waters are, by nature, naturally sparkling. It is here conceived that they be without gas, with natural gas, or the addition to gas in total or in part. (Further if minerals (organic and/or inorganic) are added then the TDS (total dissolved solids and/or salts may vary with the varying viscosities as we shall discover later.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

In keeping current with modern trends, consumer's preferences, and/or the like the inventor has noticed all the flavored waters, enriched waters, and the like. It is irrelevant as to the inventor's personal feeling on the value to the consumer of these new products, but is focused on inventing beyond fiber-water, ethically and scientifically sound product(s), and these may be referred to by some as line extension of fiber-water: Fiber-Water with the added value delivery systems/elements/additives addressing specific, and/or special dietary use(s), and/or medical use(s) for humans and animals.

The inventor calls first attention to the fact that while many still enjoy the refreshing taste of pure spring and/or purified water, others are desirous of water with a dash of flavor. Still others wish that they had further supplementation/nutrition, beyond water, but are desirous of having the “taste just like water” taste. At most, lightly flavored water, even colored, yet can remain transparent/clear (except if designed to be colorful and cloudy for effect), following the guidelines set forth by the FDA of the United States and the equivalent jurisdiction in other countries.

Certainly companies have added excitement to the water category by adding ingredients such as flavors, sweeteners, etc. As an example of flavored waters Hydrator™, a new line of lightly flavored still waters from Aqua Vie Beverage Corp., Ketchum, Id., includes varieties such as Avalanche (pear, guava and other flavors), Bamboo (Japanese cherry), Harvest (French strawberry), McIntosh (McIntosh apple), Paradise (orange, peach), Java (kona coffee), Sun Tea (tea, lemon and other flavors).

Past just the flavors, new water-like beverages are rapidly appearing in the marketplace. After years of research, limited before filing for Fiberwater, and post issuance of U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390 to the inventor, Stillman here, and World Intellectual Property Organization (PCT WO 01/62108 A1), the inventor has come to realize that there's a growing segment of enriched/enhanced water-like drinks. The functional beverage trends are spilling over into the water subcategory.

In Japan they are called “Near Water”, as meaning close to water. As an example, Nice One drink from Asahi contains vitamins B₁ and C, reishi, seaweed extract and chamomile as just an example. Although the trend started in Japan, it is apparent that these beverages are becoming more popular in the United States, Europe and beyond.

Now many are beginning to believe that we can get Americans to drink more water by making available these more mainstream enhanced waters, offering healthy additives such as vitamins, minerals, herbs and/or the like. However this inventor feels, that as with anything else, responsibility must be taken by the producing companies and the consumers as well.

The inventor calls attention to the following news release:

-   -   Jul. 1, 2002 American Institute for Cancer Research, Healthy         Drinks by Karen Collins, M.S., R.D., C.D.N.American Institute         for Cancer Research

Choosing a drink has never been so complicated. “New age” waters, teas and juices—with added vitamins, herbs, or other “healthy” ingredients—are now a billion-dollar business. Although some of these new beverages may be simply a flavorful way to increase consumption of liquids, others may not be appropriate for everyone. Some added ingredients might cause health problems, while others are in amounts so small they may have a negligible effect.

Many of these new beverages are simply water or tea with added flavorings like fruit essence, lemongrass, or ginger. They are promoted on the premise that most Americans don't drink enough water, and that people will drink more of flavored drinks than plain water. Studies suggest that this may often be true. If a flavored water or tea helps you drink more, it could be a great choice.

Before selecting any of these drinks, consider whether you want them to add or limit your calorie intake. If you're trying to control your weight, an extra 250 to 375 calories may be counter-productive. On the other hand, people who don't need to lose weight might benefit from extra calories shortly before, during, or after high-energy exercise.

Some drinks are fortified with vitamins or minerals. For example, juices with added calcium may help people who don't or can't consume dairy products and would benefit from this fortification. On the other hand, B vitamins don't need to be added to a drink since most of us consume adequate amounts. Added vitamins or minerals can help make up for what is lacking in some people's diets, but for those who meet recommended amounts through diet or supplements, significant additions to drinks may be useless or even harmful.

Many drinks contain herbals—like echinacea, guarana, ginkgo biloba, or kava—that supposedly help energize, calm, or promote well-being in other ways. But the effectiveness of many of these herbs is either questionable or still under study. For example, echinacea is currently thought to help the immune system fight some illnesses in the short term, but continued long-term use is believed to actually depress the immune system.

In some cases, herbal ingredients that seem likely to have possible health benefits are added in amounts too small to have any real effect. Drinks containing St. John's Wort usually provide 250 milligrams (mg) per 20-ounce bottle, but studies show that 900 to 1,500 mg a day are needed to create mood-enhancing effects. The low levels found in most drinks might reduce the chance of consuming too much of this herb, but it also means consumers are paying extra for something they aren't getting in any significant amount.

People assume that any new drink on the market must be safe. But some added ingredients, if present in significant amounts, might pose health dangers for certain people. Warnings have recently been issued about kava as a possible cause of liver damage. Kava should be avoided by anyone who drinks alcohol daily or takes medicines that could affect the liver. St. John's Wort and ginkgo biloba can interact with medications. Guarana and some kinds of ginseng can raise blood pressure.

Don't be misled by new marketing ploys. Before buying a pricey “health” beverage, check what and how much added ingredients it contains, and how it relates to your needs.

AICR is the only major cancer charity focusing exclusively on the link between diet, nutrition and cancer. The Institute provides education programs that help millions of Americans learn to make changes for lower cancer risk.

PepsiCo launched a purified water called Aquafina, and will break soon with a line of fruit-flavored, vitamin-mineral enhanced waters called Aquafina Essentials. Coca-Cola, Atlanta, decided to produce a bottled water with added minerals, Dasani, and now they too will be launching Desani Nutri-waters adding additional nutritive value to their existing mineral fortified water.

Aquafina rang up $214 million in sales last year, while Dasani brought in $168 million, according to Information Resources, while sales of carbonated beverages, such as soda, have dropped about 4 percent in the last five years, sales of bottled water have more than tripled, as people have become more health conscious and, simultaneously, leery of the quality of tap water.

With soda sales slipping, and energy drinks losing their buzz among consumers, beverage companies are hoping these enhanced waters can build on the success of bottled water, providing consumers something new that will have an effect on their body, and/or won't make them feel guilty.

The first such products out on supermarket shelves in the last years were Energy Brand's VitaminWater, Veryline's Fruit20, and Propel™ by Quaker Oats, now a part of PepsiCo's Gatorade brand that is a so-called a “fitness water”, with vitamins B and C in flavors such as black cherry and/orange.

In coming months, in addition to PepsiCo Inc., Coca Cola Inc much of the rest of the beverage industry will be jumping in including Snapple Beverage Group Inc. with its Elements fruit-flavored waters, and health products maker Baxter International Inc. with Pulse, a fruity water supplement designed to ward off prostate trouble in men and ease menopause in women.

Other companies will roll out a barrage of lightly sweetened “waters” laced with fruit flavors, vitamins, herbs and even ingredients used to treat specific medical conditions. In coming months, more and more products are coming to market with all sorts of twists, ergo it is firmly apparent that the nation's largest beverage makers are about to launch an all-out campaign to change the definition of water. With bottled water a $6 billion a year business it is possible that this so-called potential sub-category can be extremely profitable.

The belief is that this so called sub-category is blossoming quickly and will be booming by year 2003 forward. If the sales of the Japanese Near Waters are an indication then this is correct. In fact some editorials claim that the distribution between natural spring waters and the flavored/functional variety are approaching a split down the middle potential.

The inventor has noticed that there are other enriched waters on the market that containing recognizable ingredients such as caffeine, nicotine, oxygen, and/or the like. They sell not necessarily based on hydration, even though that might be a part of it, but on the “effect” that the additional ingredient is supposed to illicit for the user.

The inventor has also noticed that noticed that most enhanced waters, with 10 to 40 calories per 8-ounce serving, are still lower in calories than juice or soda, but some have as many as 80 calories per serving, bringing the total calorie count to 160 for the average 16-ounce container. By contrast, non-diet colas have about 215 calories per 16-ounce servings and/orange juice has about 225 calories.

It also seems to the inventor that the higher-calorie waters are “starting to be more like a juice drink” at best, and at worst just flavored sugar water for which the inventor is opposed.

When you start adding one or more additional ingredients, especially needed to mask undesirable taste, the inventor has many mixed feelings. Amongst the major concerns, the just said may greatly increase the caloric count and/or, just as negative, use chemicals, must be taken into consideration while additionally noting that the efficacy equation most likely gets muddled. While there are benefits to offering healthy additives, caution, and certainly responsibility, should be taken by both the companies and the consumers.

The inventor feels that flavored water, because it is a clear product just like water, is more closely linked to water's heritage. Flavored waters are just a way to add variety and keep people from getting bored with plain water. Then to you can color water and governed by association have no flavor in the water at all but the color fools the perception.

As more people live lives on the go, we are seeing a tremendous increase in sales of bottled water due to the fact that users are deciding to carry bottles with them. (Bottled water sales, U.S. only, are about $6 billion annually) Other packaging is becoming more and more noteworthy.

Beyond the just flavored waters are the enriched waters and with the enriched waters it is the inventor's concern relative to such additional additives. While the general idea is to have another alternative that consumers still see as healthy (Propel is focused on fitness-conscious customers, while Snapple appears to be targeting its Elements at the energy drink set with vibrant colors and exotic ingredients such as ginseng, guarana, bee pollen and gingko biloba, as well as more traditional health enhancers like beta carotene), the inventor, by this invention, wants to use innovative methodologies/technologies, into water, to assure her position.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

-   -   There is an old expression that says, “You can't have your cake         and eat it too” . . .

In the aforementioned fiber-water patent, issued (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390) and pending international (PCT WO 01/62108 A1), the inventor presented the antithesis of that expression: an invention composed specifically of water and soluble fiber (that's simple enough) that is tasteless, odorless and colorless, much like water itself.

Into the invention called fiber-water, the inventor has added one, or more than one, additional elements, be they complimentary, aesthetic, and/or desired, and/or functional when it comes to ingredients in a healthy palatable form and, that will not only contribute to hydration requirements, fulfill a portion of ones daily need of fiber, but do so, with practically the same caloric intake and/or an additional minimal caloric intake as a glass of the invention, fiber-water, with the addition of encapsulations (a carrier for additives) and/or viscosity changes, (a carrier for additives) and/or by unique technologies whereby the water is changed/processed in such a way as to enhance its ability to be taken up by the cells of the body of humans (and/or animals), prevent the growth of organisms, promote health, and/or medical benefits and/or the like by the priority techniques of processing the water solely and/or along with the delivery system(s) used.

As an example,

-   -   a. Penta™ water (San Diego Calif.) claims to be able to         micro-cluster water so as to be taken up more rapidly by the         cells.     -   b. U.S. Pat. No. 5,824,353 to Tsunoda et al. (Taisho         Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Tokyo JP), issued Oct. 20, 1998, titled         Mineral water abstracts;         -   i. The present invention relates to small-cluster water             whose cluster (water molecule groups or hydrates) is small             on the average and is retained as it is stably for a very             long period of time. Water usually forms clusters (groups of             molecules) consisting of a large number of molecules by             hydrogen bonds, and the clusters always vary in size,             depending on various conditions of a place where the water             is present.         -   ii. Water whose cluster is small on the average is known to             be very useful physiologically and medically as follows: it             tastes good because it completely gets into the taste buds             (taste cells) of tongue owing to vigorous molecular motion;             it gets into cells easily to activate them; it accelerates             the absorption of a drug or food and drink because of its             rapid absorption through a digestive tract; and it has             cancer-preventive effect because it reduces the production             of mutagens from the contents of intestines by controlling             or activating enteric microorganisms and digestive tract             tissue cells.     -   c. U.S. Pat. No. 5,904,851 to Taylor et al. (Life international         Products Inc. Naples Fla.), issued May 18, 1999, titled:         Oxygenating apparatus, method for oxygenating liquid therewith,         and applications thereof teaches that suitable therapeutic         processes in which liquids made in accordance with the present         invention can be advantageously employed to include, for         example, increasing the oxygen content of blood and tissues.

The main 3 systems that will be used include encapsulations, viscosity changes, and/or what the inventor commonly refers to as the “lava lamp” type containments using water and oil principles relating technologies (emulsions, suspensions, and/or solutions, etc.)

It is also noted, and fully respected, are the guidelines set forth by the (American) Food and Drug Association (FDA) and the equivalents in other countries as related to production of drinkable products safely and in accordance, with or without the need for refrigeration.

During the research and development of fiber-water for commercialization many procedural options were tried and/or considered. In fact at the time of this writing the formal/final production methodology has not been solidified. The inventor here makes full disclosure that while the goal is to produce product at a neutral Ph, production technologies are not fully developed to be able to do so under existing governmental regulations.

To that end not just the use of thermal processing technologies may be needed to be employed, but the use of organic and/or inorganic acidulates and/or the like maybe needed to prevent organism contamination and growth as well. Further ingredients, and maybe even those considered as part of the sweetener family may be needed to counteract the taste of acid necessary to reduce potential contamination. If a sweetener is used in the production of fiber-water it is solely used for the ability to counteract the acid so as to present a product that tastes like water and not “acid water”. The same holds true for this invention.

It is also noted that with the additions, encapsulation(s) and/or changing viscosities, in total and/or in part it might be desirous, and/or necessary to add one, or a combination of minerals, (organic and/or inorganic) to be used for specific reasons and/or conditions, which may or may not bring the TDS above 500. Note: With a product that has more than one viscosity change, which may stay in suspension or move around (like the “lava lamp” conceptualization) there may be assigned to each viscosity change a different TDS.

Much of the innovativeness of this invention is primarily based on the first system, encapsulations; regardless of size, structure, compositions, content(s), and/or the like to bring forth all the valuable components that come with the use of the aforesaid. (The varying viscosity mediums may or may not include encapsulations) It is further with the understanding that flavoring can be added, along with aroma, and colorants.

To understand the market positioning of this sort of product, with its many variations, the inventor calls forth the need to understand governmental regulations:

Definitions of Regulations as Set Forth by our Government:

The term “Dietary Supplement” which is described in the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994 (DSHEA)

-   -   In 1994 Congress passed legislation known as the Dietary         Supplement Health and Education Act (DSHEA). The law restricted         the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in the regulations it         could enforce limiting label claims on dietary supplements.         Specifically, DSHEA allows dietary supplement labels to carry         statements dealing with structure/function claims such as         “supports the immune system.” Section 6 of DSHEA states that         structure/function statements are “statements of nutritional         support . . . that describe the role of a nutrient or dietary         ingredient intended to affect the structure or function in         humans.”     -   The intent of DSHEA was to provide consumers access to more         health-related information about dietary supplements. However,         sifting through the complicated language contained in the         legislation is a formidable task. The fine line in semantics         with respect to a supplement “supporting” a normal body function         as opposed to “treating a disease” remains as controversial an         area as the current debate over how the FDA actually defines         “diseases.”

Incorporated herein is the entire DSHEA for ease of reference and for the ability to logically look at the reference while reviewing the filing.

-   -   ‘Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994′.     -   An Act     -   To amend the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act to establish         standards with respect to dietary supplements, and for other         purposes.     -   Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the         United States of America in Congress assembled,     -   SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; REFERENCE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.         -   (a) SHORT TITLE—This Act may be cited as the ‘Dietary             Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994’.         -   (b) REFERENCE—Whenever in this Act an amendment or repeal is             expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a             section or other provision, the reference shall be             considered to be made to a section or other provision of the             Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.         -   (c) TABLE OF CONTENTS—The table of contents of this Act is             as follows:             -   Sec. 1. Short title; reference; table of contents.             -   Sec. 2. Findings.             -   Sec. 3. Definitions.             -   Sec. 4. Safety of dietary supplements and burden of                 proof on FDA.             -   Sec. 5. Dietary supplement claims.             -   Sec. 6. Statements of nutritional support.             -   Sec. 7. Dietary supplement ingredient labeling and                 nutrition information labeling.             -   Sec. 8. New dietary ingredients.             -   Sec. 9. Good manufacturing practices.             -   Sec. 10. Conforming amendments.             -   Sec. 11. Withdrawal of the regulations and notice.             -   Sec. 12. Commission on dietary supplement labels.             -   Sec. 13. Office of dietary supplements.     -   SEC. 2. FINDINGS.     -   Congress finds that—         -   (1) improving the health status of United States citizens             ranks at the top of the national priorities of the Federal             Government;         -   (2) the importance of nutrition and the benefits of dietary             supplements to health promotion and disease prevention have             been documented increasingly in scientific studies;         -   (3) (A) there is a link between the ingestion of certain             nutrients or dietary supplements and the prevention of             chronic diseases such as cancer, heart disease, and             osteoporosis; and             -   (B) clinical research has shown that several chronic                 diseases can be prevented simply with a healthful diet,                 such as a diet that is low in fat, saturated fat,                 cholesterol and sodium, with a high proportion of                 plant-based foods;         -   (4) healthful diets may mitigate the need for expensive             medical procedures, such as coronary bypass surgery or             angioplasty;         -   (5) preventive health measures, including education, good             nutrition, and appropriate use of safe nutritional             supplements will limit the incidence of chronic diseases,             and reduce long-term health care expenditures;         -   (6) (A) promotion of good health and healthy lifestyles             improves and extends lives while reducing health care             expenditures; and             -   (B) reduction in health care expenditures is of                 paramount importance to the future of the country and                 the economic well-being of the country;         -   (7) there is a growing need for emphasis on the             dissemination of information lining nutrition and long-term             good health;         -   (8) consumers should be empowered to make choices about             preventive health care programs based on data from             scientific studies of health benefits related to particular             dietary supplements;         -   (9) national surveys have revealed that almost 50 percent of             the 260,000,000 Americans regularly consume dietary             supplements of vitamins, minerals, or herbs as a means of             improving their nutrition;         -   (10) studies indicate that consumers are placing increased             reliance on the use of nontraditional health care providers             to avoid the excessive costs of traditional medical services             and to obtain more holistic consideration of their needs;         -   (11) the United States will spend over $1,000,000,000,000 on             health care in 1994, which is about 12 percent of the Gross             National Product of the United States, and this amount and             percentage will continue to increase unless significant             efforts are undertaken to reverse the increase;         -   (12) (A) the nutritional supplement industry is an integral             part of the economy of the United States;             -   (B) the industry consistently projects a positive trade                 balance; and             -   (C) the estimated 600 dietary supplement manufacturers                 in the United States produce approximately 4,000                 products, with total annual sales of such products alone                 reaching at least $4,000,000,000;         -   (13) although the Federal Government should take swift             action against products that are unsafe or adulterated, the             Federal Government should not take any actions to impose             unreasonable regulatory barriers limiting or slowing the             flow of safe products and accurate information to consumers;         -   (14) dietary supplements are safe within a broad range of             intake, and safety problems with the supplements are             relatively rare; and         -   (15) (A) legislative action that protects the right of             access of consumers to safe dietary supplements is necessary             in order to promote wellness; and             -   (B) a rational Federal framework must be established to                 supersede the current ad hoc, patchwork regulatory                 policy on dietary supplements.     -   SEC. 3. DEFINITIONS.         -   (a) DEFINITION OF CERTAIN FOODS AS DIETARY             SUPPLEMENTS—Section 201 (21 U.S.C. 321) is amended by adding             at the end the following:             -   (ff) The term dietary supplement’—                 -   (1) means a product (other than tobacco) intended to                     supplement the diet that bears or contains one or                     more of the following dietary ingredients:                 -    (A) a vitamin;                 -    (B) a mineral;                 -    (C) an herb or other botanical;                 -    (D) an amino acid;                 -    (E) a dietary substance for use by man to                     supplement the diet by increasing the total dietary                     intake; or                 -    (F) a concentrate, metabolite, constituent,                     extract, or combination of any ingredient described                     in clause (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E);                 -   (2) means a product that—                 -    (A) (i) is intended for ingestion in a form                     described in section 411 (c)(1)(B)(i); or                 -    (ii) complies with section 411(c)(1)(B)(ii);                 -    (B) is not represented for use as a conventional                     food or as a sole item of a meal or the diet; and                 -    (C) is labeled as a dietary supplement; and                 -   (3) does—                 -    (A) include an article that is approved as a new                     drug under section 505, certified as an antibiotic                     under section 507, or licensed as a biologic under                     section 351 of the Public Health Service Act (42                     U.S.C. 262) and was, prior to such approval,                     certification, or license, marketed as a dietary                     supplement or as a food unless the Secretary has                     issued a regulation, after notice and comment,                     finding that the article, when used as or in a                     dietary supplement under the conditions of use and                     dosages set forth in the labeling for such dietary                     supplement, is unlawful under section 402(f); and                 -    (B) not include—                 -    (i) an article that is approved as a new drug under                     section 505, certified as an antibiotic under                     section 507, or licensed as a biologic under section                     351 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.                     262), or                 -    (ii) an article authorized for investigation as a                     new drug, antibiotic, or biological for which                     substantial clinical investigations have been                     instituted and for which the existence of such                     investigations has been made public, which was not                     before such approval, certification, licensing, or                     authorization marketed as a dietary supplement or as                     a food unless the Secretary, in the Secretary's                     discretion, has issued a regulation, after notice                     and comment, finding that the article would be                     lawful under this Act.     -   Except for purposes of section 201(g), a dietary supplement         shall be deemed to be a food within the meaning of this Act’         -   (b) EXCLUSION FROM DEFINITION OF FOOD ADDITIVE—Section 201             (s)         -   (21 U.S.C. 321(s)) is amended—             -   (1) by striking ‘or’ at the end of subparagraph (4);             -   (2) by striking the period at the end of                 subparagraph (5) and inserting ‘; or’; and             -   (3) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:                 -   (6) an ingredient described in paragraph (ff) in, or                     intended for use in, a dietary supplement.’.         -   (c) FORM OF INGESTION—Section 411(c)(1)(B) (21 U.S.C.             350(c)(1)(B)) is amended—             -   (1) in clause (1), by inserting ‘powder, softgel,                 gelcap,’ after ‘capsule,’; and             -   (2) in clause (ii), by striking ‘does not simulate and’.     -   SEC. 4. SAFETY OF DIETARY SUPPLEMENTS AND BURDEN OF PROOF ON         FDA.     -   Section 402 (21 U.S.C. 342) is amended by adding at the end the         following         -   (f) (1) If it is a dietary supplement or contains a dietary             ingredient that—             -   (A) presents a significant or unreasonable risk of                 illness or injury under—                 -   (i) conditions of use recommended or suggested in                     labeling, or                 -   (ii) if no conditions of use are suggested or                     recommended in the labeling, under ordinary                     conditions of use;             -   (B) is a new dietary ingredient for which there is                 inadequate information to provide reasonable assurance                 that such ingredient does not present a significant or                 unreasonable risk of illness or injury;             -   (C) the Secretary declares to pose an imminent hazard to                 public health or safety, except that the authority to                 make such declaration shall not be delegated and the                 Secretary shall promptly after such a declaration                 initiate a proceeding in accordance with sections 554                 and 556 of title 5, United States Code, to affirm or                 withdraw the declaration; or             -   (D) is or contains a dietary ingredient that renders it                 adulterated under paragraph (a)(1) under the conditions                 of use recommended or suggested in the labeling of such                 dietary supplement.         -    In any proceeding under this subparagraph, the United             States shall beat the burden of proof on each element to             show that a dietary supplement is adulterated. The court             shall decide any issue under this paragraph on a de novo             basis.         -    (2) Before the Secretary may report to a United States             attorney a violation of paragraph (1)(A) for a civil             proceeding, the person against whom such proceeding would be             initiated shall be given appropriate notice and the             opportunity to present views, orally and in writing, at             least 10 days before such notice, with regard to such             proceeding.’.     -   SEC. 5. DIETARY SUPPLEMENT CLAIMS.     -   Chapter IV (21 U.S.C. 341 et seq.) is amended by inserting after         section 403A the following new section:         -   DIETARY SUPPLEMENT LABELING EXEMPTIONS         -   SEC. 403B. (a) IN GENERAL A publication, including an             article, a chapter in a book, or an official abstract of a             peer-reviewed scientific publication that appears in an             article and was prepared by the author or the editors of the             publication, which is reprinted in its entirety, shall not             be defined as labeling when used in connection with the sale             of a dietary supplement to consumers when it—             -   (1) is not false or misleading;             -   (2) does not promote a particular manufacturer or brand                 of a dietary supplement;             -   (3) is displayed or presented, or is displayed or                 presented with other such items on the same subject                 matter, so as to present a balanced view of the                 available scientific information on a dietary                 supplement;             -   (4) if displayed in an establishment, is physically                 separate from the dietary supplements; and             -   (5) does not have appended to it any information by                 sticker or any other method.         -   (b) APPLICATION—Subsection (a) shall not apply to or             restrict a retailer or wholesaler of dietary supplements in             any way whatsoever in the sale of books or other             publications as a part of the business of such retailer or             wholesaler.         -   (c) BURDEN OF PROOF—In any proceeding brought under             subsection (a), the burden of proof shall be on the United             States to establish that an article or other such matter is             false or misleading.’.     -   SEC. 6. STATEMENTS OF NUTRITIONAL SUPPORT.     -   Section 403(r) (21 U.S.C. 343(r)) is amended by adding at the         end the following:         -   (6) For purposes of paragraph (r)(1)(B), a statement for a             dietary supplement may be made if—             -   (A) the statement claims a benefit related to a                 classical nutrient deficiency disease and discloses the                 prevalence of such disease in the United States,                 describes the role of a nutrient or dietary ingredient                 intended to affect the structure or function in humans,                 characterizes the documented mechanism by which a                 nutrient or dietary ingredient acts to maintain such                 structure or function, or describes general well-being                 from consumption of a nutrient or dietary ingredient,             -   (B) the manufacturer of the dietary supplement has                 substantiation that such statement is truthful and not                 misleading, and             -   (C) the statement contains, prominently displayed and in                 boldface type, the following. ‘This statement has not                 been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This                 product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or                 prevent any disease.’.             -   A statement under this subparagraph may not claim to                 diagnose, mitigate, treat, cure, or prevent a specific                 disease or class of diseases. If the manufacturer of a                 dietary supplement proposes to make a statement                 described in the first sentence of this subparagraph in                 the labeling of the dietary supplement, the manufacturer                 shall notify the Secretary no later than 30 days after                 the first marketing of the dietary supplement with such                 statement that such a statement is being made.’.     -   SEC. 7. DIETARY SUPPLEMENT INGREDIENT LABELING AND NUTRITION     -   INFORMATION LABELING.         -   (a) MISBRANDED SUPPLEMENTS—Section 403 (21 U.S.C. 343) is             amended by adding at the end the following.             -   (s) If—                 -   (1) it is a dietary supplement; and                 -   (2) (A) the label or labeling of the supplement                     fails to list—                 -    (i) the name of each ingredient of the supplement                     that is described in section 201(ff); and                 -    (ii) (I) the quantity of each such ingredient; or                 -    (II) with respect to a proprietary blend of such                     ingredients, the total quantity of all ingredients                     in the blend;                 -    (B) the label or labeling of the dietary supplement                     fails to identify the product by using the term                     ‘dietary supplement’, which term may be modified                     with the name of such an ingredient;                 -    (C) the supplement contains an ingredient described                     in section 201(ff)(1)(C), and the label or labeling                     of the supplement fails to identify any part of the                     plant from which the ingredient is derived;                 -    (D) the supplement—                 -    (i) is covered by the specifications of an official                     compendium;                 -    (ii) is represented as conforming to the                     specifications of an official compendium; and                 -    (iii) fails to so conform; or                 -    (E) the supplement—                 -    (i) is not covered by the specifications of an                     official compendium; and                 -    (ii) (I) fails to have the identity and strength                     that the supplement is represented to have; or                 -    (II) fails to meet the quality (including tablet or                     capsule disintegration), purity, or compositional                     specifications, based on validated assay or other                     appropriate methods, that the supplement is                     represented to meet’.         -   (b) SUPPLEMENT LISTING ON NUTRITION LABELING—Section             403(q)(5)(F) (21 U.S.C. 343(q)(5)(F)) is amended to read as             follows:             -   (F) A dietary supplement product (including a food to                 which section 411 applies) shall comply with the                 requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (2) in a manner                 which is appropriate for the product and which is                 specified in regulations of the Secretary which shall                 provide that—                 -   (i) nutrition information shall first list those                     dietary ingredients that are present in the product                     in a significant amount and for which a                     recommendation for daily consumption has been                     established by the Secretary, except that a dietary                     ingredient shall not be required to be listed if it                     is not present in a significant amount, and shall                     list any other dietary ingredient present and                     identified as having no such recommendation;                 -   (ii) the listing of dietary ingredients shall                     include the quantity of each such ingredient (or of                     a proprietary blend of such ingredients) per                     serving;                 -   (iii) the listing of dietary ingredients may include                     the source of a dietary ingredient; and                 -   (iv) the nutrition information shall immediately                     precede the ingredient information required under                     subclause (i), except that no ingredient identified                     pursuant to subclause (i) shall be required to be                     identified a second time.’.         -   (c) PERCENTAGE LEVEL CLAIMS—Section 403(r)(2) (21 U.S.C.             343(r)(2)) is amended by adding after clause (E) the             following:             -   (F) Sub-clause (i) clause (A) does not apply to a                 statement in the labeling of a dietary supplement that                 characterizes the percentage level of a dietary                 ingredient for which the Secretary has not established a                 reference daily intake, daily recommended value, or                 other recommendation for daily consumption.’.         -   (d) VITAMINS AND MINERALS—Section 411(b)(2) (21 U.S.C.             350(b)(2)) is amended—             -   (1) by striking ‘vitamins or minerals’ and inserting                 ‘dietary supplement ingredients described in section                 201(ff)’;             -   (2) by striking ‘(2) (A)’ and inserting ‘(2)’; and             -   (3) by striking subparagraph (B).         -   (e) EFFECTIVE DATE—Dietary supplements—             -   (1) may be labeled after the date of the enactment of                 this Act in accordance with the amendments made by this                 section, and             -   (2) shall be labeled after Dec. 31, 1996, in accordance                 with such amendments     -   SEC. 8. NEW DIETARY INGREDIENTS.     -   Chapter IV of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act is         amended by adding at the end the following.     -   ‘NEW DIETARY INGREDIENTS     -   SEC. 413. (a) IN GENERAL—A dietary supplement which contains a         new dietary ingredient shall be deemed adulterated under section         402(f) unless it meets one of the following requirements:         -   (1) The dietary supplement contains only dietary ingredients             which have been present in the food supply as an article             used for food in a form in which the food has not been             chemically altered.         -   (2) There is a history of use or other evidence of safety             establishing that the dietary ingredient when used under the             conditions recommended or suggested in the labeling of the             dietary supplement will reasonably be expected to be safe             and, at least 75 days before being introduced or delivered             for introduction into interstate commerce, the manufacturer             or distributor of the dietary ingredient or dietary             supplement provides the Secretary with information,             including any citation to published articles, which is the             basis on which the manufacturer or distributor has concluded             that a dietary supplement containing such dietary ingredient             will reasonably be expected to be safe.         -   The Secretary shall keep confidential any information             provided under paragraph (2) for 90 days following its             receipt. After the expiration of such 90 days, the Secretary             shall place such information on public display, except             matters in the information which are trade secrets or             otherwise confidential, commercial information.         -    (b) PETITION—Any person may file with the Secretary a             petition proposing the issuance of an order prescribing the             conditions under which a new dietary ingredient under its             intended conditions of use will reasonably be expected to be             safe. The Secretary shall make a decision on such petition             within 180 days of the date the petition is filed with the             Secretary. For purposes of chapter 7 of title 5, United             States Code, the decision of the Secretary shall be             considered final agency action.         -    (c) DEFINITION—For purposes of this section, the term ‘new             dietary ingredient’ means a dietary ingredient that was not             marketed in the United States before Oct. 15, 1994 and does             not include any dietary ingredient which was marketed in the             United States before Oct. 15, 1994.’.     -   SEC. 9. GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES.     -   Section 402 (21 U.S.C. 342), as amended by section 4, is amended         by adding at the end the following:         -   (g) (1) If it is a dietary supplement and it has been             prepared, packed, or held under conditions that do not meet             current good manufacturing practice regulations, including             regulations requiring, when necessary, expiration date             labeling, issued by the Secretary under subparagraph (2).             -   (2) The Secretary may by regulation prescribe good                 manufacturing practices for dietary supplements. Such                 regulations shall be modeled after current good                 manufacturing practice regulations for food and may not                 impose standards for which there is no current and                 generally available analytical methodology. No standard                 of current good manufacturing practice may be imposed                 unless such standard is included in a regulation                 promulgated after notice and opportunity for comment in                 accordance with chapter 5 of title 5, United States                 Code.’.     -   SEC. 10. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.         -   (a) SECTION 201—The last sentence of section 201 ( )(1) (21             U.S.C. 321 (g)(1)) is amended to read as follows: ‘A food or             dietary supplement for which a claim, subject to sections             403(r)(1)(3) and 403(r)(3) or sections 403(r)(1)(B) and             403(r)(5)( ), is made in accordance with the requirements of             section 403(r) is not a drug solely because the label or the             labeling contains such a claim. A food, dietary ingredient,             or dietary supplement for which a truthful and not             misleading statement is made in accordance with section             403(r)(6) is not a drug under clause (c) solely because the             label or the labeling contains such a statement.’.         -   (b) SECTION 301—Section 301 (21 U.S.C. 331) is amended by             adding at the end the following:             -   (u) The introduction or delivery for introduction into                 interstate commerce of a dietary supplement that is                 unsafe under section 413.’.         -   (c) SECTION 403—Section 403 (21 U.S.C. 343), as amended by             section 7, is amended by adding after paragraph (s) the             following:         -   ‘A dietary supplement shall not be deemed misbranded solely             because its label or labeling contains directions or             conditions of use or warnings.’.     -   SEC. 11. WITHDRAWAL OF THE REGULATIONS AND NOTICE.     -   The advance notice of proposed rulemaking concerning dietary         supplements published in the Federal Register of Jun. 18, 1993         (58 FR 33690-33700) is null and void and of no force or effect         insofar as it applies to dietary supplements. The Secretary of         Health and Human Services shall publish a notice in the Federal         Register to revoke the item declared to be null and void and of         no force or effect under subsection (a).     -   SEC. 12. COMMISSION ON DIETARY SUPPLEMENT LABELS.         -   (a) ESTABLISHMENT—There shall be established as an             independent agency within the executive branch a commission             to be known as the Commission on Dietary Supplement Labels             (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘Commission’).         -   (b) MEMBERSHIP—             -   (1) COMPOSITION—The Commission shall be composed of 7                 members who shall be appointed by the President.             -   (2) EXPERTISE REQUIREMENT—The members of the Commission                 shall consist of individuals with expertise and                 experience in dietary supplements and in the                 manufacture, regulation, distribution, and use of such                 supplements. At least three of the members of the                 Commission shall be qualified by scientific training and                 experience to evaluate the benefits to health of the use                 of dietary supplements and one of such three members                 shall have experience in pharmacognosy, medical botany,                 traditional herbal medicine, or other related sciences.                 Members and staff of the Commission shall be without                 bias on the issue of dietary supplements.         -   (c) FUNCTIONS OF THE COMMISSION—The Commission shall conduct             a study on, and provide recommendations for, the regulation             of label claims and statements for dietary supplements,             including the use of literature in connection with the sale             of dietary supplements and procedures for the evaluation of             such claims. In making such recommendations, the Commission             shall evaluate how best to provide truthful, scientifically             valid, and not misleading information to consumers so that             such consumers may make informed and appropriate health care             choices for themselves and their families.         -   (d) ADMINISTRATIVE POWERS OF THE COMMISSION—             -   (1) HEARINGS—The Commission may hold hearings, sit and                 act at such times and places, take such testimony, and                 receive such evidence as the Commission considers                 advisable to carry out the purposes of this section.             -   (2) INFORMATION FROM FEDERAL AGENCIES—The Commission may                 secure directly from any Federal department or agency                 such information as the Commission considers necessary                 to carry out the provisions of this section.             -   (3) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS—There are authorized                 to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to                 carry out this section.         -   (e) REPORTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS—             -   (1) FINAL REPORT REQUIRED—Not later than 24 months after                 the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall                 prepare and submit to the President and to the Congress                 a final report on the study required by this section.             -   (2) RECOMMENDATIONS—The report described in                 paragraph (1) shall contain such recommendations,                 including recommendations for legislation, as the                 Commission deems appropriate.             -   (3) ACTION ON RECOMMENDATIONS—Within 90 days of the                 issuance of the report under paragraph (1), the                 Secretary of Health and Human Services shall publish in                 the Federal Register a notice of any recommendation of                 Commission for changes in regulations of the Secretary                 for the regulation of dietary supplements and shall                 include in such notice a notice of proposed rulemaking                 on such changes together with an opportunity to present                 views on such changes. Such rulemaking shall be                 completed not later than 2 years after the date of the                 issuance of such report. If such rulemaking is not                 completed on or before the expiration of such 2 years,                 regulations of the Secretary published in 59 FR 395-426                 on Jan. 4, 1994, shall not be in effect.     -   SEC. 13. OFFICE OF DIETARY SUPPLEMENTS.         -   (a) IN GENERAL—Title IV of the Public Health Service Act is             amended by inserting after section 485B (42 U.S.C. 287c-3)             the following:         -   ‘SUBPART 4—OFFICE OF DIETARY SUPPLEMENTS             -   SEC. 485C. DIETARY SUPPLEMENTS.         -   (a) ESTABLISHMENT—The Secretary shall establish an Office of             Dietary Supplements within the National Institutes of             Health.         -   (b) PURPOSE—The purposes of the Office are—             -   (1) to explore more fully the potential role of dietary                 supplements as a significant part of the efforts of the                 United States to improve health care; and             -   (2) to promote scientific study of the benefits of                 dietary supplements in maintaining health and preventing                 chronic disease and other health-related conditions.         -   (c) DUTIES—The Director of the Office of Dietary Supplements             shall—             -   (1) conduct and coordinate scientific research within                 the National Institutes of Health relating to dietary                 supplements and the extent to which the use of dietary                 supplements can limit or reduce the risk of diseases                 such as heart disease, cancer, birth defects,                 osteoporosis, cataracts, or prostatism;             -   (2) collect and compile the results of scientific                 research relating to dietary supplements, including                 scientific data from foreign sources or the Office of                 Alternative Medicine;             -   (3) serve as the principal advisor to the Secretary and                 to the Assistant Secretary for Health and provide advice                 to the Director of the National Institutes of Health,                 the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and                 Prevention, and the Commissioner of Food and Drugs on                 issues relating to dietary supplements including—                 -   (A) dietary intake regulations;                 -   (B) the safety of dietary supplements;                 -   (C) claims characterizing the relationship between—                 -    (i) dietary supplements; and                 -    (ii) (I) prevention of disease or other                     health-related conditions; and                 -    (II) maintenance of health; and                 -   (D) scientific issues arising in connection with the                     labeling and composition of dietary supplements;             -   (4) compile a database of scientific research on dietary                 supplements and individual nutrients; and             -   (5) coordinate funding relating to dietary supplements                 for the National Institutes of Health.         -   (d) DEFINITION—As used in this section, the term ‘dietary             supplement’ has the meaning given the term in section             201(ff) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.         -   (e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS—There are authorized to             be appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for             fiscal year 1994 and such sums as may be necessary for each             subsequent fiscal year.’.         -   (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT—Section 401 (b)(2) of the Public             Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 281(b)(2)) is amended by             adding at the end the following:             -   (E) The Office of Dietary Supplements.’.     -   Speaker of the House of Representatives.     -   Vice President of the United States and     -   President of the Senate.

However, while the invention may include dietary supplements, thus falling under DSHEA, a great portion of the invention may be considered to fall under the government regulations for Foods For Special Dietary Use, as described below.

Foods for Special Dietary Uses (FSDU)

Unlike Nutritional Supplements, there is a regulatory definition for the term “Foods for Special Dietary Uses” defined in the code of federal regulations (21CFR 105.3, 1996) as the following, which shall be adopted in the present invention:

-   -   1. The term “Special Dietary Uses” as applied to food for man,         means particular (as distinguished from general) uses of food,         as follows:         -   a. Uses for supplying particular dietary needs which exist             by reason of a physical, psychological, pathological or             other condition, including but not limited to the conditions             of disease, convalescence, pregnancy, lactation, allergic             hypersensitivity to food, underweight, and overweight;         -   b. Uses for supplying particular dietary needs, which exist             by reason of age, including but not limited to, the ages of             infancy and childhood;         -   c. Uses for supplementing or fortifying the ordinary or             usual diet with any vitamin, mineral, or other dietary             property. Any such particular use of a food is a special             dietary use, regardless of whether such food also purports             to be, or is represented for general use.     -   2. The use of an artificial sweetener in a food, except when         specifically and solely used for achieving a physical         characteristic in the food which cannot be achieved with sugar         or other nutritive sweetener, shall be considered a use for         regulation of the intake of calories and available carbohydrate,         or for use in the diets of diabetics and therefore a special         dietary use.

Examples of the Foods for Special Dietary Use, (FSDU) are hypoallergenic foods, infant foods, foods for reducing and maintaining body weight, foods for the use in the diets of diabetics, and foods to regulate sodium intake and the like. It is certainly conceived that to have a specific and effective functional fiber-water product, it may be necessary to be classified as a Medical Food. The guidelines for this category described below will be respected as such:

Medical foods (MF)

There is also a regulatory definition for the term Medical Food, defined in the Orphan Drug Act Amendments of 1988 [21 USC 360ee (b)(3)]. This definition was incorporated by reference into the Nutritional Labeling and Education Act (P.L. 101-535) in January 1990. It is incorporated into the FDA's final rule on Mandatory Nutritional Labeling, January 1993.

For the purpose of this invention, the term “Medical Food” shall mean a food which is formulated to be consumed or administered by mouth, (tube feeding), any way internally, enterally, under the supervision of a physician, and/or qualified health administrator, and which is intended for the specific dietary management of a disease or condition for which distinctive nutritional requirements based on recognized scientific principles are established by medical evaluation.

To be considered a Medical Food, a product must, at minimum meet the following criteria:

-   -   1. The product is for tube feeding;     -   2. The product is labeled for the dietary management of a         medical disorder, disease, or condition; and     -   3. The product is labeled, “to be used under medical         supervision”, and is primarily obtained through hospitals,         clinics, and other medical and long-term care facilities.         Medical Foods are distinguished form the broader category of         Foods for Special Dietary Use and from foods that make health         claims, but the requirement that medical foods be used under         medical supervision.

The term “Medical Food” does not pertain to all foods fed to sick patients. Medical Foods are foods that are specially formulated and processed (as opposed to a naturally occurring foods used in their natural state) for the patient who is seriously ill or who requires the product as a major treatment modality. Typical medical foods are enteral nutrition products, i.e., products provided through gastrointestinal tract, taken by mouth, or provided through a tube or a catheter that delivers nutrients beyond the oral cavity or directly to the stomach.

Medical foods can be classified into the following four groups:

-   -   1. Nutritionally complete formulas.     -   2. Nutritionally incomplete formulas, including individual         “modular” type products that may be mixed with other products         before use (e.g., protein, carbohydrate, or fat modular).     -   3. Formulas for metabolic (genetic) disorders in patients over         12 months of age.     -   4. Oral re-hydration products.

In some Foods for Special Dietary Use (FDSU) and in some Medical Foods (MF), the need for some nutritionally essential mactonutrient and micronutrients may decrease. However, scientific literature does not indicate any chronic condition that the need for, and essential macronutrient or micronutrient is totally eliminated. Consequently, (similar to Nutritional Supplements (NS) Foods for Special Dietary Use (FDSU) and Medical Foods (MF) must minimally contain and declare on their package (e.g., under % Daily Value in the Nutritional Facts table), the concentration of all nutritionally essential macronutrients and micronutrients (13 vitamins and 14 minerals), as indicated in the Code of Federal Regulations 21 CFR 101.9 1996 (table 1). In Foods for Special Dietary Use (FDSU) and Medical Foods (MF), no essential nutrient is disregarded or is given the concentration of zero (except, for a limited time, for fat in fat-free products, and fiber in residue-free products).

To better understand this invention it is important to have a uniform and comprehensive understanding of the following with some examples presented here with, or later in a natural flow:

Understanding:

-   -   1. Solution: The process by which a gas, liquid, or solid is         dispersed homogeneously (composed of all parts of the same kind)         in a liquid without chemical change.     -   2. Suspension: The state in which the particles of a substance         are mixed with a liquid but remain undissolved.     -   3. Emulsion: A combination of two liquids that do not ordinarily         mix, such as oil and water, in which tiny drops of one liquid         are evenly distributed in the other.         Understanding Encapsulations: An Overview

Encapsulation, and/or micro-encapsulation: is the process of enveloping certain ingredients regardless of classification in polymetric matrices designed to be used in controlled release which may or may not include delayed release applications.

Coatings and encapsulations: A coating may be defined as a layer that covers a surface. Coatings have existed since the ninth century with the introduction of silver and gold coatings of pills in medicine. A fine powdered talcum, called pearl coating was popular at one time. Gelatin was introduced in 1838, sugar in France in 1842 and twelve years later in the US. And about 1890 enteric-coated pills were introduced. This invention covers any and/or all enrobements, which provide a function even if that function is only decorative. Encapsulation technologies, including but not limited to liposomes, may better serve this invention but coated, enteric coated, encapsulated, and/or any enrobing technology may be used simultaneously, and/or individually, by design and/or intent. Encapsulations are important not only for protecting sensitive ingredients, but also for masking certain aromas and negative tasting agents.

Further, the inventor believes that employing any or all the above can reduce the high sugar content of so many of the drinks in existence today most primarily due to the need to mask and/or change/over-ride undesirable tastes.

Sources, Understandings, Referenced Patents

The inventor is familiar with organizations and large companies that are devoted to nothing but encapsulation technologies. At this writing the inventor will call attention to a few, as well as referencing prior art in the form of noteworthy patents.

The International Micro-encapsulation Society, founded in 1995, Glasgow, is dedicated to foster and promote communication and collaboration between amongst science professionals. They define micro-encapsulations as a process that allows liquid or solid substances to be covered by a barrier wall. The wall must be chemically inert to the content of the capsule and possess an adequate stability to mechanical, thermal, or chemical influence. Various barrier wall materials may be utilized during encapsulation, which are dependent upon the application.

The Wurster process is a coating technique that is well suited to uniformly coat or encapsulate individual particulate materials. The Wurster process is an internationally recognized coating technique for precision of film coat to particulate such as powders, crystals, or granules.

The coating of pharmaceutical and/or nutraceutical micro-encapsulations helps ensure and optimize stability and prolong shelf life of reactive ingredients.

Capsules may be coated for improved barrier properties. Coating is a most effective way of masking the taste or odor of a particular ingredient, making products more palatable. Enteric coatings can be adjusted most easily to controlled and/or timed release for the maximum health benefits. In the food industry micro-encapsulations are beneficial especially to encapsulate vitamins, minerals, and functional food ingredients. Thin or partial coatings are very effective in reducing the caking of certain materials.

The Southwestern Reserve Institute has been a leader in micro-encapsulation research, development, and prototype production through most of its 51-year history. SwRI scientists and engineers use physical and chemical encapsulation techniques along with various coating materials that offer specialized microcapsule release characteristics. During 1998, approximately 50 micro-encapsulation research projects were conducted for the food, nutraceutical (health food), pharmaceutical, cosmetic, personal care, consumer product, agrochemical, veterinary medicine, and chemical industries.

Consumer products make up one of the largest market sectors for the SwRI micro-encapsulation program. The Institute's contributions in micro-encapsulation technology have led to advances in detergents, bleaches, carpet cleaners, deodorants, antiperspirants, toothpastes, and paints. Microcapsules prepared for these applications range in size from less than a micrometer to several thousand micrometers.

SwRI uses a variety of micro-encapsulation technologies to produce edible coatings for food components. Encapsulation of acidulates, aromas, bacteria, flavors, nutritional oils and supplements, vitamins, minerals, dietary fibers, leavening agents, and peroxides is used for improved taste and odor masking, for controlled-release applications, or for improved thermal, oxidative, and shelf-life stability.

SwRI scientists, working with Enviroquest Ltd. of Cambridge, Ontario, Canada, successfully co-developed and co-patented a microencapsulated medicament for ingestion by honeybees and other beneficial insects. The product was tested in beehives against tracheal mites. In the study, encapsulated menthol was delivered to honeybees' blood (haemolymph) and killed the mites. The encapsulated menthol also showed excellent shelf life. Additional trials are scheduled, and U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval is pending. SwRI will continue to assist in the development and manufacture of the product.

SwRI scientists conduct micro-encapsulation research and development for a variety of applications, including industrial, agrochemical, food, and consumer products.

Bio Dar was established in 1984 as a United States and Israeli joint venture now under LycoRed, Koor Group of Companies. They are specialists in microencapsulated vitamins and minerals for the fortification of food products. Their specialty extends to technologies of how to keep the food additive particle from imparting an undesirable taste to the surrounding ingredients. This technology is most valuable for where the micro-encapsulations are mixed in with the other ingredients and this technology is critically important to this invention.

Further they deal with Carnetine, Amino Acids, Herbal Extracts, as well as other nutritional components where the role of micro-encapsulation is to avoid hygroscopicity, minimize interactions, and eliminate the oxidation of these materials. Further they have the ability to do multiplayer micro-encapsulations for mainly drug delivery. U.S. Pat. No. 4,749,575 to Rotman, (Bio-Dar Ltd. IL), titled Microencapsulated medicament in sweet matrix.

In addition to encapsulated, micro-encapsulated, microparticled, digestive and systemic uses, enzymes can also be used in fiber-water formulations containing encapsulated, micro-encapsulated, micro-particled, herbals (extracts and/or the like), vitamins, minerals, and various other diagnostics, therapeutics, dietary supplements, nutraceuticals, pharmaceuticals, and/or the like known to those skilled in the art, because, in combination, they provide a number of unique opportunities, including, but not limited to:

-   -   (1) Improved absorption     -   (2) Improved bio-availability     -   (3) Improved stability

(4) Maximized activity

-   -   (5) Balance the body various systems (example; PH, hormones)     -   (6) Diagnose         Delivery Sequencing:

Within the present invention, an “effective amount” of a composition is that amount which produces a statistically significant effect. For example, an “effective amount” for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition comprising an active compound herein required to provide a clinically significant Such effective amounts will be determined using routine optimization techniques and are dependent on the particular condition to be treated, the condition of the patient, the route of administration, the formulation, and the judgment of the practitioner and other factors evident to those skilled in the art.

The dosage of the compounds of the invention will vary according to the extent, and severity, of the need for treatment, the activity of the administered compound, the general health of the subject, and other considerations well known to the skilled artisan. The inventor here is hoping, that through this invention medicants and/or the like can be administered on a daily basis as an oral dose.

While dietary oral administration may be preferable in most instances (for reasons of ease, patient acceptability, and the like), alternative methods of administration may be appropriate. This can relate to any and/or all of this invention, which can be administered by enteral feeding (naso-gastric tubes and/or gastrostomy tube . . . detailed later). Additionally, it is possible that there be a split between delivery vehicles on the advice of a knowledgeable practitioner. For example it is possible to, as an example need part of the formula in a different format injected and then daily follow-ups orally . . . and/or the like with any combinations known to this best skilled in the delivery of such.

In another preferred method of the invention, the administration of the invention conceived as to be part of the diet (or as aforementioned in conjunction with another route), is intermittent rather than continuous. Thus, preferred protocols may include administering the invention once every other day, three days, once every week, optionally, in varying amounts, at each time of administration. Such forms of administration may be preferable to daily administration, or to a “consistent”, several times a day dosage.

Thus, by “intermittent” administration is meant that the invention with the compounds and/or compositions containing the actives are provided to the subject only sporadically, with substantial periods between dosages, or until the results are assessed. Thus, there could be incremental intervals between administrations.

There might be situations where there is alternation between the administrations of one or more formulas designed to work in consort. Or if only a single dose is administered, there might be a substantial period, after dosage, until results are assessed. That is, while one day 1 multiple dosages may occur (or only one) there would be no dosage the next day, at least. Or if the dosage is on a daily basis, a substantial interval is permitted to elapse before results are assessed.

A single bolus dose is preferred over a multiplicity of smaller dosages in some instances. Preferred “intermittent” regimens would comprise administering the compounds or compositions every other day, every two days, every five days, or on days unevenly spaced but separated at least by a one day interval between days on which a dosage occurred. In summary, by “intermittent” dosage regime is meant either a single bolus dose or multiple dosages that comprise only a small proportion of the timeframe over which the subject is being treated. The timeframe over which treatment is administered is measured by the time between initial administration and assessment of the results. The inventor feels the aforesaid most specifically refers to those that are administered under the care of a medical professional and thus classified as such. Additionally, they might not even appear in the consumer marketplace, but be given directly by a health care practitioner, in a healthcare facility, or under a prescription, or under the advice of a healthcare practitioner as a medical food (described in detain in this filing) and/or more than one of the combinations above may best service the delivery.

The ability to manipulate substances in a carrier, such as is invented here, leaves much room for further options of controlling delivery. Just as an I.V. drip offers advantages so does the ability to sip, over time, a drink. This, in its own right, is considered a form of a continuous delivery.

Using this invention also provides the advantage of continuous dosing of one or more ingredients, over time, which is often preferred to intermittent bolus dosing. Two examples of continuous delivery, other than an IV drip, would be the implantable insulin pump, and subcutaneous and/or submucosal patches such as the estrogen patch.

These are based on metering the delivery of a substance to closely mimic the body's natural production of the said substance (e.g. insulin) and/or another medicant. Further, and it has been demonstrated that with the metered dose (given slowly over time) it may not be necessary to give as much of a medication etc. as would be necessary with a bolus dose ergo reducing and/or eliminating all together and, if not all unwanted side effects which may present. An understanding here is based on substances that, when administered in a bolus dose, may be harmful at one end of the spectrum and/or at the other end not as effective as compared to administering a small continuous dose. An example would be substances that may cause severe to mild gastric and/or metabolic upset.

Vitamin C is a good example, as it is not stored in the body, but instead excreted in the urine. Also if one is inclined to look at the example of an endurance ingredient, like even a simple sugar, whereby encapsulations (sized appropriate) will give a timed release of the glucose into the blood stream hopefully avoiding a rapid rise, and subsequent drop, of a blood sugar level. No doubt, we need sugar for metabolism, but not so large a dose at one time, which could upset the delicate insulin mechanism, by which the sudden drop off (per individual) can defeat the initial purpose. By encapsulating glucose you can get more of the effect of a slow release carbohydrate in a different form. (The inventor is fully aware that you cannot concentrate glucose, however later the inventor addresses encapsulations, which are larger and resemble beads, seeds, and/or the tapioca balls common in Asian drinks)

It is possible to have micro-micro-encapsulations within a specific micro encapsulation. This would resemble a ball within a ball. Each ball can be engineered so that it is contained within is the same active, a different active, and/or a combination of one or more actives.

In U.S. Pat. No. 5,209,978, to Kosaka et al. (Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (JP) issued May 11, 1993, titled “Seamless soft capsule and production of,” we are taught that there now exists an invention of a soft capsule composed of a plurality of cells coalesced to each other and filling substances encapsulated in the individual cells, the walls of at least one of the cells being formed of a material different from a material forming the wall of at least one of the other cells, and being seamless, thus creating a soft capsule with a multi-cellular structure.

It is noted that the partitioning material is able to handle substances, which might react unfavorably with each other if the partitioning material was not properly adapted to the situation. And additionally, by being seamless, there is not the opportunity for leakage and/or air penetration, which would cause problems.

A multi-cellular soft capsule having its inside partitioned by a film was recently proposed (see Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 109520/1985). This patent document states that the multi-cellular soft capsule is obtained by partitioning a soft capsule shell composed of an upper film and a lower film, into two cells by means of a partitioning film, and filling different drugs into the two cells. As a result, two drugs, which do not mix, can be stably included in a single soft capsule. By using materials having different solubilities and dissolving speeds, it is possible to cause one part of a single capsule to be released and absorbed in the stomach and the other part, in the intestines. It is also possible to make one part of the capsule fast-releasing and the other part slow-releasing.

So to that end, and to those skilled in the art, and/or the advancement of scientific skills, it is, or will be conceived that there can be, more than just one ball inside another.

U.S. Pat. No. 6,022,500 to John et al., Feb. 8, 2000, (The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army) titled; Polymer encapsulation and polymer microsphere composites has claimed the ability to encapsulate an active enzyme. The discovery is a novel method of encapsulating enzymes, other solutes or nanoparticles in a polymer matrix. The present invention relates to polymer microspheres suitable for the encapsulation, stabilization and release of biologically active molecules such as enzymes, drugs, biocides and the like. The present invention also relates to advanced materials, especially composites of polymers with organic or inorganic compounds. What is further most interesting is that the polymers may exhibit a preparation of high luminescent, (both photoluminescent and electroluminescent) qualities.

Other patents of reference are U.S. Pat. No. 4,711,784 (Yang/Warner Lambert); U.S. Pat. No. 5,024,842 Edgren, Theeuwes/Alza Corp.); U.S. Pat. No. 5,051,261 (Mc Ginity, Chang/FMC Corp.); U.S. Pat. No. 5,009,819 (Popescu, Mertz/The Liposome Company); U.S. Pat. No. 5,653,996 (Hsu/Genentech CA); U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,465 (Keller/Bio-Zone Laboratories Inc CA); U.S. Pat. No. 6,007,838 (Alving, Owens, Wassef, Nabila, U.S.A. Dept. of the Sec. of the Army/Washington D.C.); U.S. Pat. No. 6,190,591 (van Lengerich/General Mills MN); U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,350 (Janoff et al./The Liposome Company NJ).

The Releasing of Encapsulations

It is further conceived, that this invention includes encapsulations, and/or micro-encapsulations, that may be uniformly released and/or timed released which may be in the form of liposomes, and/or any other form that fits under the category of encapsulations, and/or micro encapsulations. In addition, flavoring, coloring, aromatics, pharmaceutical and/or nutritionally active components can advantageously be encapsulated and/or microencapsulated to ensure stability.

It is conceived that whether uniformly released or not, controlled release, they may be nothing more than bursts of color and/or flavoring. These as an example, might be especially delightful to children. Encapsulations might separately, and/or additionally, provide what might be termed as an entertainment factor, especially if they are colored, and/or of different sizes, and/or shapes. First, the color red may be released in the mouth, then yellow, and resulting in a red-yellow and/or orange mix. This can be fun and/or educational. Further, if a double membrane is used then the encapsulations may be colored, varied, and/or consistent. The “beads” locked between all or part of the walls of the double membrane may or may not be fully transparent. Following suit, the same can occur separately and/or in combination as related to flavor. These encapsulations may follow all of the claims here for encapsulations. If, as an example, the encapsulation reacts with the saliva in the mouth then it is possible to take in a liquid with no color, and suddenly you have a colored mouth/tongue/even teeth. In this capacity it is possible to have the liquid adhere to the teeth and ergo you can potentially have a plaque disclosure functional fluid with or without additional nutritive elements. (It is conceived that additional internal diagnostically need substances can be consumed in the same fashion) Most often timed release, or sometimes referred to as controlled release, provides none of the aforementioned, and/or any, and/or all, of the just aforementioned, whereby they additionally may provide the ability to suspend the release of active ingredients until they each the designated position along the gastro-intestinal tract. This is most valuable in the deliver of pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, OTC Drugs, diagnostics, enzymes, pre-biotic and/or pro-biotic formulations and/or the like.

Further, the encapsulations may be used to preserve and/or better deliver the active ingredients to the aforesaid. Further, they may, and/or may not, travel farther down the digestive tract to the gut for release, all at one time, and/or over a predestinated period. It is therefore to be claimed that any and/or all of the just aforesaid may be included.

The microcapsules can be formulated to release their contents when they are exposed to saliva either by fracturing and/or dissolving. Alternatively, the microcapsules can be formulated within the micro-beads, or other components whereby the microcapsules then release their contents, even up to several hours post ingestion, at a predetermined designated point along the digestive tract. In this way it is possible to precisely deliver a labile component.

Various and assorted encapsulated ingredients can be included in one encapsulation regardless of form. This can mean that there be several granules inside of one (1) encapsulation and/or micro-encapsulations, which goes of inside of a larger encapsulation. Encapsulation controls the stability, compatibility etc. of ingredients, as well as the timing of ingredient release etc. Again may be used for decorative purposes.

Encapsulations and swallowing: What must be kept in mind is that particles must not interfere with ones ability to swallow the liquid. Again, reminding that the viscosity altering gums and/or the delivery of actives by encapsulations/micro-encapsulations for swallowing purposes, and/or desirability, and/or necessity, is a component of the invention. This includes but not limited to the purpose of being swallowed in a way that will go virtually unnoticed by the user.

However, it is possible, and might also be desirable, to go noticed by the user by having a “swallowable” particle(s) deliberately to enhance the texture of the liquid. This enhancement of texture may also serve a valuable medical function addressing a swallowing disorder, or in another context address those on diets who need oral gratification of not just drinking but chewing to feel satisfied.

There are beverages, and even in non visible to the eye beverages, in cans in Asia. Additionally noted in Asia there are beverages, which incorporate small seeds (chia, poppy, etc.), that one swallows in conjunction with the ingested liquid For example, in Asia there are beverages containing sesame seeds or other small seeds, which are commonly consumed, and seem to present no problem in swallowing. In the United States we have orange juice with pulp and this, likewise, presents no problem to the consumer. If we look at a thickened product we can project that there be many particle, encapsulations or nit that bring forth nutritive ingredients. This could resemble enriched noodles (like the alphabet) in soups.

However, the inventor has a range of intentions which will present a much lesser feeling of “particles in liquid” than the aforementioned, and certainly no greater than, or close to, the size and texture of the aforementioned, unless so desired for a specific use and under the guidance of those in the medical profession. While other particles are to be considered an inclusion in the invention, in this instance the inventor is specifically referring to a “swallowable” encapsulation(s).

Encapsulations Present to Ensure the Bio-Availability of Ingredients, in Integrity, to the User:

Often, delicate and unstable ingredients are not bio-available to the user. Many actives, which are delivered to the oral cavity, or directly into the stomach, are altered and/or partially or wholly destroyed by the saliva and/or stomach acids and therefore become, in part or in total, bio-unavailable to the system or human system. Therefore, the process of specific design and execution of the encapsulations becomes critically important. Although the inventor may have an understanding and/or ideas in relation to how best to circumvent technical problems there are those skilled in the art of encapsulations and prior existing art, which are far more qualified. The inventor has noted some of the just said previously, but will include a list here of referenced patents specifically addressing this technology and the variations of.

-   -   1. U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,888 to Batich et al., (U. of FL.         Gainsville), titled Process for microencapsulating cells. This         patent addresses both the injectable and/oral administration of         encapsulations. The compositions and methods of the subject         invention are illustrated herein with reference to encapsulation         of certain bacteria. Bacteria, which produce a useful product         can be encapsulated and introduced into a human or other animal.         The encapsulation of bacteria is specifically exemplified herein         by the encapsulation of Oxalobacter formigenes. The         encapsulated O. formigenes can be introduced into a human or         animal and the bacteria continue to produce and release enzyme         but are not subject to attack from the immune system. For oral         administration, multi-encapsulated microspheres of cellulose         acetate phthalate in poly-2-vinylpyridine (pKa=3.5) were         prepared to protect the enzymes from gastric juices. Polymeric         matrix micro-encapsulation of microorganisms is a relatively new         technology, which has potentially major implications in the         treatment of various afflictions. Examples of afflictions in         which treatment involving microcapsules could be advantageous         are diabetes and urinary stone diseases.         -   a. Insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) is a severe             disease, which afflicts millions of Americans, causing             substantial disruption of lifestyle and often resulting in             severe health problems. The exact causes of IDDM have             remained largely a mystery, despite years of intensive             research on this disease. It is now widely recognized that             IDDM is an autoimmune condition whereby the body's natural             immunological defenses destroy the .beta.-cells of the             pancreas. Beta.-cells are responsible for the production of             insulin, and, once a substantial portion of the .beta.-cells             are destroyed, those individuals afflicted with the disease             must rely on exogenous sources of insulin, usually in the             form of injections. The success of pancreas or islet cell             transplantations is very limited because of immune responses             typically mounted by the recipient against the foreign             cells.             -   Urolithiasis, or urinary stone disease, is a common                 urinary tract problem afflicting more than 10% of the                 U.S. population. Urinary tract stones are usually                 classified according to their composition, with the most                 frequently encountered (70%) being the calcium stone                 composed of calcium oxalate alone or calcium oxalate                 mixed with calcium phosphate. Although precipitation of                 calcium oxalate depends on a urine saturated with both                 calcium and oxalate ions in a metastable state, it has                 been argued that the oxalate ion concentration is more                 significant in the formation of urinary calcium oxalate                 stones. Thus, the management of oxalate in individuals                 susceptible to urolithiasis would seem especially                 important. The majority of oxalate in plasma and urine                 is derived from the endogenous metabolism of ascorbic                 acid, glyoxylate, and to a lesser degree, tryptophan. In                 addition, between 10% and 20% of the urinary oxalate is                 absorbed from the diet, especially through ingestion of                 leafy vegetables and plant materials, although there is                 disagreement in the literature about the relative                 amounts of diet and endogenous oxalate. Ingestion of                 ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, xylitol, and excess                 ascorbic acid can lead through metabolic conversions to                 disorders of excess oxalate. Use of methoxyfluraneas an                 anesthetic can also lead to oxalosis. Aspergillosis,                 infection with an oxalate-producing fungus, can lead to                 production and deposition of calcium oxalate. Other                 causes of excess oxalic acid include renal failure and                 intestinal disease. It is believed that lowering the                 oxalate levels in the plasma, and subsequently the                 urine, would decrease the incidence of calcium oxalate                 stone formation. Unfortunately, there are no known                 naturally occurring oxalate degrading or metabolizing                 enzymes in vertebrates. Catabolism of oxalic acid                 appears restricted to the plant kingdom.     -   2. U.S. Pat. No. 5,571,441 to Mark Andon (The P&G Co.         Cincinnati, Ohio), tided Nutrient supplement compositions         providing physiologic feedback brings forth the importance of         being able to add nutrition to existing products. However this         patent relies only on the novel composition, not on the novel         delivery into water, a water-like composition, and in this case         based on the patent issued on fiber-water via encapsulations         with the benefits and versatility they bring forth. It is noted         here that the inventor acknowledges the stated invention but         perceives that under her “novelty” if one or more stimulants are         added to a water composition water composition that they be         encapsulated and released at different rates so that the         consumer does not get that “buzz” or immediate release effect         and then the drop off, but instead a steady controlled release         overtime.         -   a. (The inventor here, Stillman, claims that while many             substances have been encapsulated, no one has encapsulated             stimulants with the specific intent, shall we say of             preventing “the bolus dose jitters” and “unsteadyness”             commonly associated with the “all at once ingestion” of such             stimulants. (Also relating to caffeine which effects colon             motility it mau present an advantage to time release             caffeine for that reason as well)         -   b. The importance in the Andon Patent is that it references             the following: “Vitamin and mineral supplements for human             and veterinary use are commonplace. Nutrient intake surveys             have shown large segments of the world's population consumes             substantially less than the recommended amounts of numerous             vitamins and minerals. For example, in the U.S.A. 60%, or             more, of females' age 20-29 years consume less than the             recommended dietary allowance of vitamins A, E, B-6, folic             acid, and the minerals calcium, magnesium, iron, and zinc.             It is generally known that some diets, heavy physical             exercise and disease conditions may require the intake of             considerable quantities of vitamins and minerals apart from             those generally available from what is considered a normal             diet. Nutritional supplements are primarily important for             those who have inadequate diets, however, individuals with a             reduced ability to utilize or absorb vitamins and minerals             from food, e.g., the elderly, also need nutritional             supplementation.         -   c. A physiological signal that many people are accustomed to             is the alertness response received by food-type tonics or             bracers, such as caffeine. These materials can be useful for             creating a perceived benefit and for establishing more             regular use of nutritional supplements. These natural             bracers, and in particular, the xanthine alkaloids             (methylxanthines) are found in various plants. The             methylxanthines are obtained by extraction of plants (e.g.             coffee beans, cola nuts, tea plants). Plants containing             methylxanthines are known to those skilled in the art.             Preferred methylxanthines are 1,3,7-trimethylxanthine             (caffeine), 1,3-dimethylxanthine (theophylline) and             3,7-dimethylxanthine (theobromine). Many people establish a             consistent pattern of caffeine use due to its             well-documented effects as a tonic. One or more caffeine             containing food or beverages-cocoa, chocolate, coffee, tea,             soft drinks—are consumed daily by most adults and children.             Cocoa and chocolate contain only small amounts of caffeine             and are not usually consumed for the same reason as coffee,             tea, and soft drinks.         -   d. Although it is clear that many people consume caffeine             and other related tonics, there are well-recognized problems             with the usual caffeine containing foods. Many people             consume much affricated coffee in the morning. Coffee is             known to stimulate the gastric mucosa and increase stomach             acid secretions, which contributes to heartburn and             irritation of ulcers. Coffee is also bitter tasting, so some             people consume caffeine in the form of soft drinks. The high             acid content of soft drinks, phosphoric for colas and             “pepper” type soft drinks and citric acid for fruit flavored             type beverages is well documented to etch or erode the             enamel of the tooth surface. In addition, cola and “pepper”             type soft drinks contributed greatly to the total phosphorus             intake of the diet which imbalances the calcium to             phosphorus ratio and can cause a negative effect on bone             metabolism. Tea is another widely consumed source of             caffeine but it also has some negatives associated with it.             Tea contains anti-thiamin factors, which stress the thiamin             stores in the body and can lead to poor thiamin nutritional             status. In addition, teas are often consumed with lemon             and/or sugar. The lemon can increase the risk of dental             erosion due to etching of the teeth from the high citric             acid content and the sugar can provide a source of             fermentable carbohydrate to the oral bacteria, which             increases the risk of caries. Apart from the negative effect             of caffeine containing beverages, many people look for             alternative ways to provide alertness benefits.         -   e. It would be desirable to provide the sought after bracing             effects of caffeine or other similar ingredients in a             composition, which eliminates the negative effects of normal             caffeine source carriers, and yet provides a convenient and             effective composition for promoting good health.         -   f. Thus, an object of the current invention is to provide             compositions of vitamins and/or minerals and a central             nervous system tonic in a convenient dose form. These             compositions would provide vitamin and mineral supplements             with a noticeable physiologic response and also the desired             alertness effects without the negative components associated             with typical caffeine containing beverages. It is an object             of this invention to provide nutritional supplements which             provide the physiologically positive alertness effects of a             bracer.”         -   g. Some people avoid caffeine due to health reasons, i.e.             the effect of caffeine on elevating blood pressure. It would             be desirable, therefore, to have additional nutritional             supplements, which provide a physiological signal other than             those of methylxanthines. Green tea is believed to have a             relaxing benefit owing to the presence of flavanols (i.e.,             the catechins and epicatechins). Green tea has had several             physiologic benefits attributed to it. It is believed to             lower blood pressure and have other soothing and healing             effects. These benefits have been attributed to flavanols.             Black tea contains polymerized flavanols, which do not             impart the same degree of benefits of catechins and             epicatechins.         -   h. Compositions comprising vitamins and/or minerals and             flavanols would be useful as a convenient dose form for             improving the diet while also providing a physiologic             response and combined benefits of flavanols with those of             vitamins and minerals to yield a more comprehensive product             for the promotion of health.         -   i. It is further recognized that certain individuals seek             the benefits of caffeine or similar ingredients, but closely             control the amount of caffeine they ingest due to             sensitivity to caffeine or because of caffeine's undesirable             effects (i.e. the promotion of nervousness). For some             people, the negative effects of caffeine may eventually             outweigh the positive so that caffeine is avoided             altogether. Tea contains caffeine. However, the caffeine in             tea does not appear to be as physiologically available due             to the presence of flavanols. It is well known that the             flavanols, in particular the unoxidized flavanols, present             in green tea, help to control the negative effects of             caffeine. See, for example, French Patent No. 2,586,532             issued to Balansard et al.         -   j. Vitamin and mineral supplements having unique             compositions containing a bracer, such as caffeine, along             with the beneficial effects of flavanols or green tea would             be useful for improving nutritional status and providing             positive alertness benefits while limiting the negative             effects.         -   k. Both caffeine and flavanol containing products are             primarily consumed in the morning to obtain an alertness             effect. Typically vitamins and minerals are also consumed in             the morning. It would be more convenient if the nutritional             supplements, methylxanthines and flavanols could be             administered conjointly in a form, which would provide             nutritional supplementation and alertness without negative             effects. These nutrient supplement compositions would be             useful in providing a physiologically positive alertness             benefit while providing feedback beneficial in establishing             more regular use of a supplement.         -   l. The uses of methylxanthines, and/or flavanols are known             in pharmaceutical and therapeutic preparations. The             methylxanthines have primarily been used to treat various             problems such as asthma, abdominal complications, and             migraine headaches. However methylxanthines and in             particular, caffeine, is used to counteract the adverse             effects (i.e. drowsiness) caused by other ingredients in the             pharmaceutical preparation. The flavanols, have been used             for centuries to combat numerous diseases and illnesses,             both real and imaginary. While the beneficial effects of             methylxanthines and flavanols, in particular caffeine and             green tea are suggested by the literature, the use of these             materials in conjunction with vitamin and mineral             supplements or the co-administering of the materials with             vitamins and minerals in a convenient form is not known.         -   m. It would be desirable, therefore, to have vitamin and             mineral supplements containing flavanols and methylxanthines             or flavanols alone wherein physiological feedback is             achieved.     -   3. U.S. Pat. No. 5,681,606 to Hutchison, et al. (R. P. Scherer,         Troy, Mich.), titled: Method of preparing a water-based         beverage, it is noted, by the inventor as documentation of how         viable it is to encapsulate ingredients to go into a water-based         beverage. However, this is a separate unit to be added to the         water-based beverage and not already present in the water-based         beverage, as in Stillman, whereby the actives will be released         once ingested by the consumer. This invention releases         ingredients into the beverage, and makes a valid point for         releasing at the bottom of the beverage inside the container,         which in total concept is important in supporting, but is not         the invention of Stillman, as the encapsulated ingredients         release when in contact with the liquid. Extrapolation is as         follows: “A method is disclosed of preparing a beverage in the         form of a dilute aqueous solution, suspension or dispersion of         an encapsulated product. The capsule is added to a potable         liquid, and the capsule material breaks down when submerged in         the liquid to release its contents and itself dissolve. A         primary advantage of providing the product in this way is that         it can be confined within the capsule in liquid form, and can         therefore disperse or dissolve in water more readily.         Additionally, the capsule would normally sink to the bottom of         the body of water before releasing its contents, thereby         ensuring that the contents are released within the body of         water, and not at the surface thereof.         Overview of Changing Viscosities and the Importance of

Viscosity is an internal property of a fluid that offers resistance to flow. For example, pushing a spoon with a small force moves it easily through a bowl of water, but the same force moves mashed potatoes very slowly.

Viscosity changing additives, regardless of their source, present many advantages previously addressed. (Viscosity changes, especially in beverages, are also used for those with swallowing difficulties. Viscosity changes give the consumers a feeling of being full and will, in many cases, satisfy and/or ameliorate hunger pangs. (A thicker product is a viable consideration for dieters).

More noteworthy is the fact that several, viscosity-changing additives are classified as fiber ergo boosting the amount of health promoting and enhancing soluble dietary fiber. As an example, the gums fall into this category. Then to notice with each gum comes forth individual and/or overlapping healthful value(s).

The inventor is looking at the entire range of gums, working individually and/or in consort to achieve special qualities and desired effects. As an example, in conjunction with gelatin, or as a substitute for, additives, regardless of category may be impregnated into the gummy by those qualified in the art and/or encapsulations may be in held in the gummy (inventor's U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/936,209 CIP of PCT/US 01/09171 titled: Method of Hydration: Infusion Packet System(s) Support Member(s) Delivery System(s) and Method(s) with Business Model(s) and Method(s). Gums, and gum systems, can improve mouth feel, content, and suspend encapsulations, as they can any particle(s), fleck(s) and/or the like. The same hold true for pulp (most commonly in citrus juices). An example is

-   -   1. Novartis® guar gum, Benefiber® which addresses bowel         regularity.     -   2. Tic Gums (Belchamp, Md.), as an example, offers a wide range         of gums which can be used alone and/or in combination such as:         -   a. Agar is produced from red seaweed and comes in two             species: Graciliaria, which forms firm gels, and, Gelidium,             which forms soft gels.         -   b. Agaroid®             -   Agaroid® RS, line of readily soluble Agar systems, can                 be used to create gels and other textures. Agaroid RS                 can replace gelatin in many applications and are                 certified kosher.         -   c. Alginate             -   Alginate is a gel-forming gum extracted from brown                 seaweed.         -   d. Gum Arabic             -   Gum Arabic is used to encapsulate flavors, emulsify                 beverages, boost soluble dietary fiber, coat candy                 shells, and control water in baked goods.         -   e. Aragum®             -   Aragum® gum systems are built on the foundation of dried                 gum arabic and incorporate other gums to take advantage                 of unique synergies.         -   f. Caragum             -   Our Caragum line consists of gum systems specially                 designed to extend locust bean gum in a variety of                 applications.         -   g. Carrageenan             -   Carrageenan is extracted from red seaweed and is                 available in three different forms: kappa (gelling),                 iota (gelling), and lambda (non-gelling). Most often                 Carrageenan provides set to puddings, binds water in                 meat products, and improves mouthfeel in milkshakes.         -   h. Colloids             -   TIC Pretested® systems are formulated using various gums                 to take advantage of the functional properties of each                 individual ingredient as well as the synergies created                 when the ingredients are combined.         -   i. Freedom Gum             -   Eliminate or reduce the need for costly propylene glycol                 alginate in beverages and salad dressings.         -   j. Gum Acacia             -   Brings forth excellent emulsification and binding                 properties. Used as emulsifier of flavor emulsion                 concentrates, used in formulation of “cloud” emulsions,                 as a foam stabilizer in beer, as a clarifying agent in                 wines. Additionally gum acacia functions to lower                 cholesterol. A product recommendation from Tic Gums is                 their TIC PRETESTED® Colloid 1004 “T” Powder which                 dissolves in Cold Water, used in relation to citrus pulp                 which was developed for line of fruit drinks containing                 Pulp & Fat (emulsifies coconut cream & suspends                 pineapple pulp). Used at 0.15% to 0.30%. Heat Stable at                 low pH. Drinks, Pulp Suspension         -   k. Guarcel®             -   The Guarcel® offers relatively low-cost thickeners with                 the protein reactivity of cellulose gum. Guarcel                 improves suspension and stability characteristics.         -   l. GuarNT®             -   GuarNT® Bland products offer the thickening benefits of                 Guar Gum, without the grassy odor or mealy taste                 typically associated with Guar.         -   m. Locust Bean Gum             -   Locust Bean Gum retains moisture, reduces syneresis, and                 improves texture, and creates smooth meltdown.         -   n. Nutriloid®             -   Boost the soluble dietary fiber level, improves mouth                 feel, and modifies the texture of functional foods,                 all-natural, non-GMO Nutriloid gums. I about 85% soluble                 dietary fiber on a dry weight basis.         -   o. Pectin Extracted from the rinds of citrus fruit, TIC             Pretested® Pectin is an all-natural gelling agent usually             used for jams and jellies, stabilizes acidified milk             products, and adds mouthfeel in beverages. Both low methoxyl             (LM) and high methoxyl grades of pectin are available.         -   p. Pre-Hydrated®             -   Pre-Hydrated® Gums disperse without lumping, even with                 minimal agitation         -   q. Saladizer®             -   Improve mouth feel and cling, stabilize emulsions,                 suspend spices, and reduce fat using our specially                 designed gum systems.         -   r. Ticagel™             -   Specially formulated to yield distinct gelling and                 viscosity characteristics, our Ticagel™ line of                 thickeners and gel formers are used in a variety of                 applications. Current uses include improving mouthfeel                 of acidified beverages.         -   s. Ticaloid®             -   Our unique TIC Pretested® systems are formulated using                 various gums to take advantage of the functional                 properties of each individual ingredient as well as the                 synergies created when the ingredients are combined.         -   t. Ticalose® CMC             -   Create clear viscous solutions with our Ticalose® CMC.                 Also known as cellulose gum or carboxymethyl cellulose,                 Ticalose CMC is available in a range of viscosities and                 mesh sizes. Ticalose CMC thickens reduced sugar table                 syrups, improves texture.         -   u. Ticaxan® Xanthan             -   Produced using fermentation, our Ticaxan® Xanthan is a                 multi-purpose thickener and stabilizer. Commonly used in                 salad dressings, Xanthan gum is tolerant to extreme                 heat, pH, and salt conditions.         -   v. Tragacanth Replacers             -   TIC Gums has developed a full line of tragacanth                 replacers, which offers superior emulsion stability.                 They are relatively unaffected by pH and heat.                 Tragacanth replacers can thicken and emulsify.             -   NEED the gray boxes off to the left                 off                 off                 off                 Understanding Viscosity

Perhaps the cart has been put before the horse however it is most important to be well versed on viscosity. There are many ways to measure viscosity, including attaching a torque wrench to a paddle and twisting it in a fluid, using a spring to push a rod into a fluid, and seeing how fast a fluid pours through a hole. Then there is the exercise, which uses one of the oldest and easiest ways: that is to simply see how fast a sphere falls through a fluid.

In this invention all encapsulations are not necessarily spheres, a sphere at this time shall serve as a good example. The faster the sphere falls, the lower the viscosity. This makes sense: if the fluid has a high viscosity it strongly resists flow, so the sphere falls slowly. If the fluid has a low viscosity, it offers less resistance to flow, so the ball falls faster.

The measurement involves determining the velocity of the falling sphere. Dropping each sphere through a measured distance of fluid, and measuring how long it takes to traverse the distance accomplish this. Thus, you know distance and time, so you also know velocity, which is distance/time.

The formula for determining the viscosity is impressive, decorated with Greek letters and a squared term, but simply amounts to multiplying some numbers and then dividing by some others: ${viscosity} = {\eta = \frac{2\left( {\Delta\quad\rho} \right){ga}^{2}}{9v}}$

-   -   Delta p=difference in density between the sphere and the liquid     -   G=acceleration of gravity     -   A=radius of sphere     -   V=velocity=d/t=(distance sphere falls)/(time of it takes to         fall)

This equation makes sense in that spheres that fall slowly have low velocities. This makes the denominator small, so the answer (viscosity) is large. Viscosity is measured in units of Pa s (Pascal seconds), which is a unit of pressure times a unit of time. This is not especially intuitive. How does it relate to flowing liquids? One-way of looking at it is to realize that pressure is force per square area. This makes a little more sense: force applied to the fluid, acting for some length of time. [Note: the exercise uses kilograms, meters, and seconds, rather than grams, centimeters, and seconds. Viscosity can be measured in g-cm-s, with the resulting unit called the poise; 10 poise=1 Pa s. You may prefer those units to kg-m-s because densities are the more familiar grams per cubic centimeters.]

It is also critical to look at the density of the encapsulations (and/or any particles which may not contain encapsulations) for which they may vary due to one or more factors. Using spheres of different radii and densities and measuring the viscosities of at least two liquids gives a good idea of this unusual physical property and the power of an equation to predict behavior. For example, if group A uses a marble (density of about 2800 kg/m) and group B uses a steel ball bearing (7800 kg/m³), and both measure the viscosity of the same liquid, they will find that the velocities differ, but the viscosities will be the same, within the error of measurement. Viscosity of Water Absolute Temp Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity ° F. Centipoises Centistokes SSU ft²/sec 32 1.79 1.79 33.0 0.00001931 50 1.31 1.31 31.6 0.00001410 60 1.12 1.12 31.2 0.00001217 70 0.98 0.98 30.9 0.00001059 80 0.86 0.86 30.6 0.00000930 85 0.81 0.81 30.4 0.00000869 100 0.68 0.69 30.2 0.00000739 120 0.56 0.57 30.0 0.00000609 140 0.47 0.48 29.7 0.00000514 160 0.40 0.41 29.6 0.00000442 180 0.35 0.36 29.5 0.00000385 212 0.28 0.29 29.3 0.00000319

Understand viscosities as related to the valuables associated with the encapsulations and with the relation to the surrounding fiber-water is very critical in designing the to be invented products. As can be noted in the above chart the temperature of the liquid/water can change the viscosity. This will be taken into consideration by those knowledgeable in the art. With that understand the inventor will rely on the experts in such technologies as deemed necessary to create exactness/consistency in product(s).

With multiple viscosities in one clear container and each having a different color, it is possible to layer a drink in a container, best visible like a bottle, by filling it with layers of different viscosities (best if colored) and even if put in all together (or in a predetermined arrangement) with time the layers will settle according to viscosities. If the layers are also flavored, (the flavoring can or cannot be associated with the color) then it is possible to have a drink where first you get the red/cherry and then the orange/orange and then the yellow/lemon etc. Or the red can be lemon etc. When the bottle is still for a specific amount of time, the layers will sort out. Even a rainbow can be layered. What fun for children to drink from this bottle whereby they get all mixed up and then watch them settle again. Additionally different layers can bring forth different additives.

Understanding the “Lava Lamp” Concept as a Delivery System for a Beverage

The main association here is that you do not change the viscosity of the entire product, but selectively you use one or more viscosities that do not necessarily stay in suspension but move around at will, and/or in the hands of a consumer, as an example, or both. It is conceivable that much remains clear, while other portions may cloud, but all has a negligible taste factor. The delivery is the action along with ancillaries such as color, aroma etc. regardless of employed delivery system.

Aroma can come from the bottle cap the headspace/nitrogen (PepsiCo patents as noted in this document later). Aroma is certainly an important factor in appeal and not discounted at all by this inventor.

Further, color can denote grades/strengths of fiber, or just color for color's sake. Or the same holds true for viscosity modules, encapsulations, etc. Color can denote what is in each encapsulation(s) in terms of additives, quantities, and/or the like. Any coding system can be used.

In the 1960 an Englishman developed what was to be called a “Lava Lamp.” To inventor Stillman this concept of float and changing elements can now be shifted to reside inside a beverage bottle serving to entertain and expanded so as to deliver added health benefits, along with hydration, is most intriguing.

The commercial name “Lava Lamp” is used here as a descriptive to presents a case whereby two contrastingly colored, immiscible liquids are contained in a bottle-like chamber. However the Lava Lamp needs a heat source, which was located in the base. The heat from the source causes one of the two liquids to in effect “boil,” producing a slow but observable upward flow of large globules of the one liquid relative to the other. Upon moving away from the heat source, the globules cool and tend to settle toward the heat source. Thermal currents in the liquids produce an ever-changing geometry of the globules. Light directed through the bottle-like chamber enhances the visual effect produced. When the globules settle they are again reheated and the process repeats itself producing a continuously changing display until the heat is removed.

In the drink concept, here invented, the product in the container can be heated, (or chilled), which will transpose to affect the viscosities of the product inside. This will in effect affect the “globulization” of the particle mass inside. Those skilled in the art shall most efficiently design within the confines of the manufacturing and honor the integrity of the contained property.

Further it is conceived that the container, regardless of the material be so designed, and/or adjusted using the laws of physics, including but not limited to using the technologies covering heat and cold, light and dark, gravitational forces, etc. to “best fit” the intention of the movement.

The inventor notices that other devices utilize the influence of gravity to produce visual effects. One such device is of the type described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,564,740 to Calfee, in which a multi-compartment display device is provided with liquids of different specific gravities stored therein. The visual effect produced by the relative movement of the liquids is obtained by inverting the device like an hourglass to produce the gravity flow of the heavier liquid in the downward direction with the consequent upward displacement of a lighter liquid. The flow of liquids is accomplished by a “valving”, or porting arrangement in barriers or partitions, which divide the several compartments of the display device, one from the other.

In U.S. Pat. No. 4,034,493 to Ball (Whamo-O Mfg. Co., San Gabriel, Calif.) titled; Fluid novelty device the inventor notices that Ball compares his invention to that of Calfee as follows. The relative flow of liquids of different specific gravities, utilized in the Calfee, (U.S. Pat. No. 3,564,740) can be utilized by the present invention, but with several important differences. In the first instance the beading or droplet forming action is provided by the liquids themselves as the heavier liquid flows around baffles and obstructions in its flow path without the use of ports or valves of any kind. In addition, because the invention utilizes a pair of plates defining a narrow chamber for the liquids, the color contrast and visual effect is maximized because each of the liquids abuts the inside surfaces of the plates and are viewed directly through the plates.

In Calfee one liquid flows through the other interiorly of the container walls and the view thereof is obscured to the extent that the line of sight to the drops of the first liquid passes through said other liquid. In the Ball patent a display device, consisting of a sealed chamber, defined by two closely spaced panes or plates of a transparent or translucent material. Liquids of different specific gravities and selected viscosities are located in the chamber. In operation, the device is inverted and the liquid of the heavier specific gravity flows through the liquid of the lighter specific gravity in distinct, spaced apart beads or droplets under the influence of gravity. The downward flow of the heavier liquid causes the upward displacement of the lighter liquid. A series of obstructions of various shapes and geometric configurations are interposed in the flow path of the heavier liquid to change its flow path and create the visual display.

It is also possible to add decoration to the drink, which may, or may not, bring forth one or more healthful additive. These may be in the form of dots, (not encapsulations) flecks, or anything that would be considered a particle that is visible. It may also be defined as a candy with or without the typical characteristics of a candy. U.S. Pat. No. 6,416,800 to Weber et al., issued Jul. 9, 2002, titled Fiber optic candy teaches an edible fiber optic light source is combined with confectioneries, in particular candy, to form a safe edible material possessing unusual combinations of internally generated colors and optical images. The basic design consists of a edible food pipes that may be placed within various confectioneries or foodstuffs that elicits light of various colors and intensities while standing untouched and even as the product is ingested. This effect may be use for frozen products, as the inventor has covered in fiber-water (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390) Popsicle® and ice cubes and ergo they are considered to be covered in this application as well.

Ingredient Categories:

In the present invention, the term “edible” means safe or fit to be eaten. The term “digestible” means to transform into an assimilable state.

Understanding Soluble Fiber

Fiber or “roughage” is a component of food that remains undigested as it passes through the gastrointestinal system. The vast majority of dietary fiber consists of polysaccharides of plant origin. The most obvious fiber is the cellulosic wall that surrounds plant cells. Many of these cells are actually called “fibers”, hence the name “fiber” for this dietary component. However, there are actually two forms of fiber: insoluble fiber—the classic cellulosic material, and soluble fiber—water soluble polysaccharides that are not digested by human or carnivore digestive systems. Both types of fiber bind considerable water and, thus, have a softening effect on the stool. However, soluble fiber may, depending on the precise polysaccharides involved, be metabolized or partially metabolized directly by bacteria in the colon. Both type of fibers tend to increase motility within the gastrointestinal tract thus speeding transit time of wastes and lowering the risk of acute and chronic medical problems. Like water, fiber is essential for human health and is not metabolized by humans.

It has been discovered that dietary fiber appears to moderate the rate at which sugars and fats are absorbed from the intestine. The exact reason for this effect is not completely understood. In the case of simple sugars, slowed absorption translates to a more gradual rise in blood sugar following eating. This is important in the managing of diabetes and may also help prevent adult onset diabetes. In the case of fats, the fiber seems to help prevent damaging levels of cholesterol in the blood. This seems to be due to a binding of bile salts and cholesterol to the fiber so that these materials are excreted with the feces rather than being absorbed or reabsorbed. Studies show adequate fiber clearly lowers the risk of heart disease and tends to bind toxins, including toxic metals, allowing them to exit safely from the digestive system.

In fact, it has been suggested that deficiency in dietary fiber is related to numerous disease states, including colon cancer, heart disease, cerebral apoplexy, appendicitis, and diabetes. This is apart from those diseases more closely linked to constipation, such as intestinal toxemia, hemorrhoids, irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), colitis, diverticulitis, varicocele, and cholelithiasis (gall stones). It is believed that dietary fiber performs various useful physiological functions including reduction of serum cholesterol, limitation of insulin secretion, and acceleration of bowel evacuation. All these factors make fiber a very important nutrient substance, the sixth most important by some commentators, although it is not actually metabolized.

Any water-soluble carbohydrate polymer can act as dietary fiber as long as no human enzymes are capable of hydrolyzing these polysaccharides into simple sugars. Preferentially, the polymers should also not be readily metabolized by bacteria common in the human gut so they can continue to provide a “bulking” effect. However, some types of soluble fiber are metabolized by and do promote growth of beneficial bacteria. This generally has a positive effect, as the beneficial bacterial may also tend to lubricate the stool and/or prevent the growth of other bacteria that may release toxins (Prosky, Leon J. of AOAC Int'l. 82:223-35 [1999]).

Soluble fiber comes from a wide range of plant sources. Water-soluble plant pectins and pectic materials, galactomannans, arabanogalactans and water-soluble hemicelulose can act as soluble fiber. Many plant “mucilages,” gums, and soluble polysaccharides found in grains, seeds, or stems such as psyllium, guar, oat (beta glucans), astragalus (gum traganth), gum ghatti, gum karaya (Sterculia gum), and gum acacia are also soluble fiber. Algal polysaccharides such as agar or carrageenan also behave as soluble fiber as do other indigestible carbohydrates, such as maltodextrins or dextrins, produced by chemical or enzymatic digestion (e.g., partial hydrolysis) of starch, gums and other carbohydrate polymers. Soluble cellulosic ethers and other derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose behave as soluble fiber as do indigestible carbohydrate polymers artificially prepared using bacterial enzymes

In experimenting with various types of soluble fiber, the inventor noticed that a number of the more refined materials, such as lower molecular weight grades of inulin (for example see U.S. Pat. No. 5,968,365 to Laurenzo, et al., issued Oct. 19, 1999, titled Preparation of inulin products), specialized dextrins, maltodextrins and partially hydrolyzed guar gums. The preferred dextrins or maltodextrins are prepared by controlled hydrolysis of vegetable starches (e.g. potato or corn) as is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,620,873 to Ohkuma et al., issued Apr. 15, 1997, titled Process for preparing dextrin containing food fiber. The hydrolyzed guar gum is of the type discussed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,260,279 to Greenberg, Norman A., issued Nov. 9, 1993 (Sandoz now Novartis), titled: Enteral nutrition and medical foods having soluble fiber (available in the United States as BENEFIBER from Novartis Nutrition of Minneapolis, Minn.; available in other countries as SUN-FIBER from Taiyo of Japan).

Non-digestible storage carbohydrates such as inulin are also important soluble fibers. A number of companies are now providing an entire range of “soluble fiber” materials of food grade. For example: TIC Gums of Belcamp, Md. provides gums which are considered also as a soluble fiber, Novartis Nutrition of Minneapolis, Minn., a guar gum trademarked in the U.S. as Benefiber® and Imperial Sensus of Sugar Land, Tex. provides inulin.

Any water-soluble carbohydrate polymer can act as dietary fiber as long as no human enzymes are capable of hydrolyzing these polysaccharides into simple sugars. Preferentially, the polymers should also not be readily metabolized by bacteria common in the human gut so they can continue to provide a “bulking” effect. However, some types of soluble fiber are metabolized by and do promote growth of beneficial bacteria. This generally has a positive effect, as the beneficial bacterial may also tend to lubricate the stool and/or prevent the growth of other bacteria that may release toxins. (Prosky, Leon J. of AOAC Int'l. 82:223-35(1999)).

Soluble fiber comes from a wide range of plant sources: water-soluble plant pectins and pectic mater, galactomannans, arabanogalactans and water-soluble hemicelulose can act as soluble fiber. Many plant “mucilages,” gums, and soluble polysaccharides found in grains, seeds, or stems such as psyllium, guar, oat (beta glucans), astragalus (gum traganth), gum ghatti, gum karaya (Sterculia gum), and gum acacia are also soluble fiber. Algal polysaccharides such as agar or carrageenan also behave as soluble fiber as do other indigestible carbohydrates, such as maltodextrins or dextrins, produced by chemical or enzymatic digestion (e.g., partial hydrolysis) of starch, gums and other carbohydrate polymers. Soluble cellulosic ethers and other derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose behave as soluble fiber as do indigestible carbohydrate polymers artificially prepared using bacterial enzymes. Non-digestible storage carbohydrates such as inulin are also important soluble fibers.

It is permissible and often advantageous to blend an assortment of different soluble fibers to create any particular fiber-water as the foundation for this invention. In fact this invention may dictated the fiber(s) used and the quantity and/or the delivery. It is believed that the various soluble fibers have essentially identical properties when it comes to providing bulk and hydration to the stools. However, it is not yet clear which soluble fibers will prove superior in altering lipid or sugar absorption, etc. Of the soluble fibers presently available the indigestible dextrins, inulins and partially hydrolyzed guar gum appear to provide the most water clear solutions. However, many dextrins and inulins contain a small amount of a metabolizable component and have a slight sweet taste. Therefore, there can be an advantage of providing a portion of the soluble fiber in the form of hydrolyzed guar gum or some other flavorless and totally non-metabolizable compound. Even though some of these materials may produce a less clear solution, a combination with a clear soluble fiber can yield a solution that is both high in fiber and clarity and low in sweetness or other taste. Other soluble fibers can be combined to realize the advantages of the different fibers. Inulins have a slightly sweet taste and while not appreciably metabolized by humans, bacteria in the colon metabolize inulins. In some cases such colonic metabolism may provide a distinct advantage and would mitigate towards including inulins in the mixture. To be more specific, pectins (and gums) form a gel in the gastrointestinal track by absorbing water and swelling as much as 10 times its weight. They slow down the passage of food and thus they give us a feeling of being full. The “feeling full” feeling that they provide aids weight loss, which will be covered later in fiber-water for dieters. Pectins are good for diabetics because it slows down food absorption after meals while further removing unwanted metals and toxins from the body. Pectin is valuable during radiation therapy or X-rays, and it helps lower cholesterol, ergo lessens the risk of heart disease and gallstones.

An appropriate diet is an important part of the management of diabetes mellitus. Later it will be covered in detail, fiber-water for diabetics, whereby we want to keep any glucose portion at the lowest concentration. The goal is to maintain blood glucose levels as close to normal as possible and maintain normal lipid levels. Diets for persons with diabetes do not have to be sugar free. Dietary carbohydrates affect blood glucose levels more than other foods and need to be eaten in consistent amounts at meals and snacks each day. Diet-fiber-water and fiber-water for diabetics, if administered throughout the day in metered amounts, will aid in the targeted program and may even be packaged in 2, 4, 6, 8, or more self contained units thus creating a “water a day program” with each water being time specific.

While it may seem out of order it is important here to touch upon one of the objects of the invention briefly and that is to create a pack a day be it 2 or more bottles designed to work in consort. Basically more than one bottle of a water composition (and/or a fiber-water composition) designed to be drunk throughout the day. The bottles may be marked as with numbers, colors, naming or the like. See object of the invention

Further, additional additives would be in support of the diabetic needs for supplementation forming a solution or a vicious appropriate (jelly like) beverage with or without encapsulations of active ingredients.

Arabanoglactan (AG), a natural polysaccharide extracted from already harvested Larch trees from Larex Incorporated, with headquarters in St. Paul, Minn. markets several versions of their arabinoglactan. They are as follows:

-   -   1. ClearTrac™ AG is a natural prebiotic fiber which acts as a         food source to stimulate growth of the friendly bacteria         (Bifidobacteria, Lactobacilli) commonly found in the         gastrointestinal tract (colon).     -   2. ImmunEnhancer™ AG is a natural polysaccharide offering a         number of immunological stimulating properties related to the         immune system including:         -   Natural Killer (NK) cell and Macrophage activation         -   Increased release of various cytokines including interferon             gamma (IFN gamma), tumor necrosis factor alpha,             interleukin-1beta (IL-1beta) and IL-6         -   Promotes healthy limits to cell replication.     -   3. Fiber-Aid AG is a natural pre-biotic fiber which acts as a         food source to stimulate/promote an increase in the         Bifidobacteria, Lactobacilli (good bacteria) found in the         digestive tract/gastrointestinal tract (colon). In addition to         the promotion of friendly bacteria FiberAid® AG has been shown         to increase the production of short chain fatty acids (SCFA).         SCFA are important in the colon as they reduce colon pH and help         establish a beneficial colon environment. In particular butyrate         has been shown to support healthy cell division in the colon.         Also, a recent human clinical at the University of Minnesota         demonstrated cholesterol reduction in hyperlipidemic         individuals.     -   4. Larex® UF is Intended for biomedical applications and is         greater than 99% pure Arabinogalactan with applications in:         -   Biomedical Cell Separation-Used for density gradient blood             cell and/organelle separation.         -   Drug Conjugation-Enhanced drug delivery; Increases             solubility, activity and delivery effectiveness of various             water insoluble drugs such as Amphotericin B.

Celluloseis is good for hemorrhoids, varicose veins, colitis, and diverticulitis. It is excellent for removal of cancer-causing substances from the colon wall, constipation, and a boost for weight loss.

Hemicellulose is good for weight loss, constipation, and colon cancer. It fights carcinogens in the intestinal tract.

Lingnin is good for lowering cholesterol levels, protecting against colon cancer and preventing gall stone formation. It binds with bile acids to remove them. It is recommended for diabetics.

Gums and Mucilages are known to regulate blood glucose levels, aid in the lowering of cholesterol levels and help in the removal of toxins.

Matsutani of Japan markets a maltodextrin, Fibersol-2™, which is a soluble dietary fiber (90% min dsb). Fibersol-2™ is produced from cornstarch by pyrolysis and subsequent enzymatic treatment (similar to the process to manufacture conventional maltodextrins) to purposefully convert a portion of the normal alpha-1,4 glucose linkages to random 1,2-, 1,3-, and 1,4-alpha or beta linkages. The human digestive system effectively digests only alpha 1,4-linkages; therefore the other linkages tender the molecules resistant to digestion. Thus, Fibersol-2™ is GRAS as maltodextrin, resistant to human digestion, and conforms to all working industrial and scientific definitions of dietary fiber

Inulin

The carbohydrate inulin, which occurs in over 36,000 plants, is all natural and non-digestible by the human digestive system. Entire populations have consumed inulin, for centuries, as a main staple in various food sources, such as onions, wheat, J. artichokes, asparagus, and others.

However, current consumption from natural sources is not large enough to provide an efficacious inulin dose (approximately 5 g/day minimum for improved physiological health) as a unique soluble dietary fiber and preferred food for healthy intestinal bacteria. (Good gut micro-flora such as bifidobacteria and lactobacilli).

-   -   1. In addition; inulin provides a myriad of health properties         for which; under DSHEA, and further clarified by the FDA Apr.         29, 1998 in 21 CFR Part 101 Food Labeling: Nutrient Content         Claims, Definition of Term: Healthy, statements of structure or         function may be made for mainstream inulin-containing products,         e.g.         -   a. “Promotes growth of beneficial bacteria such as             bifidobacteria”, “bifidogenic”,         -   b. “Helps to maintain a normal, well balanced gut             micro-flora”,         -   c. “Helps maintain intestinal flora”,         -   d. “Stimulates natural Bifidus flora”,         -   e. “Inulin is efficiently converted to short chain fatty             acid”,         -   f. “Helps maintain cardiovascular function and a healthy             circulatory system”,         -   g. “Helps promote urinary tract health”,         -   h. “Helps maintain a healthy cholesterol level”,         -   i. “Helps to regulate blood glucose level”,         -   j. “Helps maintain regularity”,         -   k. “Helps improve mineral bio-availability”,         -   l. “Supports the immune system”, are allowed.         -   m. Further impressive literature is replete with the             benefits of inulin hailing its ability to:         -   n. Suppress pathogenic gut microorganisms and their toxins,         -   o. Prevent ulcerative colitis,         -   p. and mal-absorption,         -   q. Demonstrates positive influences on blood sugar             regulation         -   r. and also balance insulin for diabetics.     -   2. Further to improved         -   a. Calcium absorption for osteoporosis         -   b. and immune activation as related to disease prevention,         -   c. Anti-tumor effects,         -   d. Reduction in food allergies,         -   e. and potential help for autoimmune diseases like             -   i. Crohn's and             -   ii. Rheumatoid arthritis.     -   3. In recent years, scientific evidence for reducing serum lipid         levels in man, and animals, using inulin has grown. (Shown to         lower LDL and raise HDL)

In food and/or beverage, inulin has neutral taste, odor, and color, and is ideal to be incorporated into an infusion packet blend.

The inventor has noted the following patents related to inulin as relevant; U.S. Pat. No. 5,972,415 to Brassart, et al., issued Oct. 26, 1999, titled Nutritive composition (Nestec S.A. CH); U.S. Pat. No. 5,792,754 to Green et. al., issued Aug. 11, 1998, titled Nutritional composition containing fibres (Nutricia NL). Of most relevance is U.S. Pat. No. 5,721,345 to Roberfroid, et al., issued Feb. 24, 1998, titled “Prevention Of Mammary Carcinogenesis and Breast Cancer Treatment.” U.S. Pat. No. 5,550,113 to Mann, issued Aug. 27, 1996, titled “Blood Sugar Regulating Composition and Methods Relating Thereto.”

Inulin is recommended sometimes for diabetics; it has a mildly sweet taste, and is filling like starchy foods, but because it is not absorbed, it does not affect blood sugar levels.

The inventor has just provided a short description, or some of the most applicable, and noteworthy to date, soluble fibers.

Understanding Water and the Importance of Hydration

Although water is not metabolized, it is essential for metabolism. Water serves a variety of functions in the body, including regulating temperature, protecting and cushioning vital organs, removing waste, and converting food into energy. A majority of our body is water, serving as the solvent for the chemical reactions of life. Thirst is one of the first signs of dehydration, but one cannot rely on thirst to tell when you need more water. Once dehydration begins, the thirst response becomes even less effective, particularly in older people, who are less likely to drink sufficient water. The reader's attention is drawn to “Problem: thirst, drinking behavior, and involuntary dehydration” by Dr. John E. Greenleaf, of NASA, (Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 24:645 (1992)).

It is generally agreed that the average adult person should consume at least eight, 8 oz. glasses of water per day—more if the individual is undergoing stress, exercising strenuously, ill, or in very hot climates. Unfortunately, most people drink water only when parched, not consuming enough to completely address and/or reverse dehydration.

When the body is dehydrated, nutrients cannot be as readily delivered to the cells, nor waste products be as readily removed. With dehydration, viscosity of the blood is increased so that efficiency of circulation is decreased. Such impaired circulation can ultimately lead to vascular damage and disease. At the same time, because the dehydrated body seeks to reverse this situation, more water is removed from the bowel. This causes excessive compaction and hardness of digestive residues with resulting constipation and potential accumulations of toxins in the bowel (which toxins may ultimately be absorbed into the blood stream). Further, there is abundant evidence that constipation may lead to a myriad of medical problems related to the gastrointestinal track including colon cancer, possibly as a result of prolonged contact between cells of the colon and toxin laden feces. It is critically important to be able to regularly eliminate toxins from the body in a healthy person and far more critical in those with health challenges.

Understanding Mineral Waters

Definitions of Mineral Waters

Europeans as well as other cultures all over the world use and experience the health benefits of not just bathing in mineral waters, but additionally by drinking natural mineral waters. Over two thousand years ago the Etruscans and Romans drew their water from natural springs. In Europe drinking mineral water has been part of the standard life style for centuries. The following brief description of mineral waters, with some of their intrinsic health benefits in addition to hydration, is necessary to better understand the new and novel proposed invention, functional fiber-waters.

The following is according to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) of the United States:

-   -   “‘Spring Water’ must be derived for an underground formation         from which water flows naturally to the surface of the earth. No         particular physical/chemical properties are required other than         those normally applied to drinking water”. Spring waters are         normally light waters with minimal mineral taste. Total         dissolved solids (TDS) are allowed up to 249 mg/liter. The taste         may vary depending on the origin of the water. Based on the         composition of the ground, this will determine the amounts of         mineral components that the water collects on its way from the         source. If, for instance, the soil is rich in calcium and         magnesium, it will result in hard water. On the contrary, a high         altitude mountain source that flows direct into a bottling         plant, will result in a pure and light water This such water may         be recommended for delicate organisms such as newborn babies or         people with sensitive kidneys.     -   “‘Mineral Water’ is Spring Water that contains at least 250         mg/liter to 500 mg/liter, which we can classify this water as         ‘Mineral—Low Mineral Content’ or ‘Light Mineral’. Recommended         for anybody who wants to compromise the refreshing taste with a         moderate replenishment of minerals such as athletes and/or         outdoor workers.     -   Above 500 mg/liter, the water can be called just ‘Mineral’.         These waters (TDS between 501 and 1000 mg/liter) are already         heavy waters where the taste is definitely affected by the         chemical-physical content of the water. Recommended for people         with moderate mineral deficiencies.     -   ‘Mineral Water’—High Mineral Content (IDS above 1000 mg/liter         are heavy waters for people with stronger mineral deficiencies.         In some cases, administration under medical supervision is         recommended.

It is important to the inventor to have an understanding of ingredient categories that are especially sensitive to proper handling. In most cases they cannot just be place at will, in a liquid, and maintain their stability, bio-availability, ergo their effectiveness and integrity.

Sweeteners

When one thinks of sweeteners one usually thinks of sugar or fructose is from fruits/fruit sugar and lactose is from milk a Milan sugar. Many sweeteners were discovered accidentally Saccharin, Sucralose, Cyclamate, Acesulfame which has a sweet taste; and some people experience a bitter-metallic aftertaste (much like saccharin). Its onset of sweetness is rapid. The sweetness potency relative to sucrose is about 200, Aspartame (Nutrasweet®, provides 4 calories per gram. Since it is about 180 times as sweet as sugar, the amount of aspartame needed to achieve a given level of sweetness is less than 1% of the amount of sugar required. Thus 99.4% of the calories can be replaced and the list goes on.

The newest area of focus are the sweet proteins (Thaumatin (Tayte and Lyle UK); Brazzein (University of Wisconsin); Miraculin (BioResources Ind.) Mollein (University of Penna. Kirin Brewery)

The discussion best saved for actual product development future but to be included so that the practicing of (using) this invention may include one, or a combination of more than one, sweetener with a specific purpose, by design, as will be discovered later.

Understanding Pro-Biotics and Pre-Biotics

For thousands of years man has used bacteria to preserve food, but it was not until the end of the 17^(th) century that the existence of bacteria could be visually observed. The research today we know that various micro-organisms have different characteristics and can be applied for different purposes. Microbial technology can now be used, for example, to vary the nutrient content, flavor, consistency, and most valuable in keeping the quality of food high.

Important in this area is the fact that basic research during the last decades have demonstrated that the administration of viable cultures of certain gastrointestinal tract organisms have a positive effect on the recipient's health and well being. This has been demonstrated for both humans and animals.

The common prerequisite for a pro-biotic organism to be effective against various forms of gastrointestinal tract disorders, and/or building a healthy GI tract are that they should be able to pass through the acid barrier of the stomach, withstand the effects of bile salts, and be able to colonize the intestinal lining. A goal is to stimulate gastrointestinal epithelial cell development, which would result in longer and healthier intestinal villi, deeper crypts, and hence more efficient nutrient uptake.

Thus noting that both pro-biotics and pre-biotics are delicate/sensitive and up until recently, have not been able to be handled effectively long-term, without refrigeration.

With new encapsulation technologies available, we are now able to handle these organisms successfully. Once again they are not only valuable in human health but animal health as well.

Definition of pro-biotics, by Marcel B Roberfroid, From the Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Universite Catholique de Louvain, Brussels.

-   -   “A pro-biotic is a viable microbial dietary supplement that         beneficially affects the host through its effects in the         intestinal tract. Important health-related effects associated         with pro-biotic administration include immune enhancement,         (enhance host resistance to a broad spectrum of bacterial,         viral, protozoal and physiological challenges) and the         alleviation of lactose intolerance and more have been reported         in human studies. Some evidence suggests a role for pro-biotics         in reducing the risk of rotavirus-induced diarrhea and         especially colon cancer (which makes an excellent case for         combining pro-biotics with soluble fiber which has been shown to         bind to toxins, ergo removing said toxins from the colon).     -   Pre-biotics are non-digestible food ingredients that benefit the         host by selectively stimulating the growth or activity of one or         a limited number of bacteria in the colon. Work with pre-biotics         has been with the inulin-type fructans, which have generated         sufficient data for thorough evaluation regarding their possible         use as functional food ingredients. Among the claims are         constipation relief, suppression of diarrhea, and reduction of         the risks of osteoporosis, atherosclerotic cardiovascular         disease associated with dyslipidemia and insulin resistance,         obesity, and possibly type 2 Diabetes. It is conceived that by         combining a combination of pro-biotics and pre-biotics that this         combination might improve the survival of the bacteria crossing         the upper part of the gastrointestinal tract, thereby enhancing         their effects in the large bowel. In addition, their effects         might be additive or even synergistic.”

Pre-biotics are organisms and/or substances, which help to improve the environment of the intestinal tract. Pre-biotics are foods that contain live bacteria and are known to increase digestibility, speed recovery from diarrhea (especially guar gum), enhance immune function (arabinoglactan, a fiber, is a good choice), reduce certain cancers, and lower blood cholesterol levels, (again an excellent case for combining with fiber).

Pre-biotics are foods or nutrients that are used by specific bacteria and can be added to the diet to increase the chances of these particular bacteria growing and thriving in the intestine.

The bacteria that live in the intestines make up a very large, and very diverse population. The numbers of each kind of bacteria change, depending on age, diet, health status, and use of drugs and supplements. The bacteria that do thrive do so because they are able to adhere to the intestinal wall, and use the semi-digested food that is passing through the intestines. Because some bacteria have specific nutrient requirements, it has been proposed that adding these particular foods or nutrient to the diet could be a way of increasing the numbers of specific bacteria.

Just as an example set forth here, the inventor calls attention to U.S. Pat. No. 6,180,099 to Paul, (Metagenics, CA.), titled, “Method of using immunoglobulin and fiber-containing compositions for human health” identifies preferred and beneficial human intestinal microorganisms such as Lactobacillus acidophilus, L. bulgaricus, L. casei, L. fermentum, L. salivaroes, L. brevis, L. leichmannii, L. plantarum, L. cellobiosus, Bifidobacterium adolescentis, B. infantis, B. longum, B. thermophilum, and B. bifidum. More preferably, the beneficial human intestinal microorganism is selected from L acidophilus and B. adolescentis.

Understanding Antioxidants

Antioxidants help to protect the body from the formation of free radicals. Free radicals can cause damage to the cells, impairing the immune system and leading to infections and various degenerative diseases such as heart disease and cancer. Free radical damage is thought by scientists to be the basis for the aging process as well.

Antioxidants are defined as any substance inhibiting oxidation. Oxidation reactions can occur anywhere in our body, in any organ and/or cell. When oxidation reactions get out of control and slip past the constraints of the body's own protective mechanisms, this results in the formation of free radicals. Antioxidants help prevent the formation of free radicals, stop the domino effect of free radicals, and even repair, or “clean up”, after the damage has been done.

These reactive molecules that damage tissue can be controlled through antioxidant supplementation. As with enzymes, these antioxidants can be taken separately or in combination(s). Taking anti-oxidants individually, as with enzymes might target specific an area more intensely. At times this is more if not as valuable as taking a combination of antioxidants that will affect several tissues in the body, while individual antioxidants would target specific areas. This invention acknowledges that both approaches are set forth of which the inventor believes necessary.

There are many antioxidants and more discovered as time and science continue to make discoveries. The main proven antioxidants are Vitamin C, Vitamin E, and Vitamin A. (.beta. carotene or a cartinoid mixture which is substantially equivalent in vitamin activity to quantity of .beta.carotene).

While Hoffman La Roche makes a water-soluble vitamin E that has no taste, Vitamin C, ascorbic acid, does have a taste. Further, too much Vitamin C at one time can cause gastric upset. Additionally, Vitamin C is not stored in the body. Therefore it may be of great advantage to encapsulate all or part of the ascorbic acid and also to consider time releasing. Vitamin A is not water-soluble and therefore in a fiber-water antioxidant composition, which may include those just said, and others, encapsulations once again, may be most desirable.

Airline travel as an example: It is a wide spread fact that dehydration is a major factor in airline travel, and passengers are urges to drink, hopefully 6-8 oz. It is advisable, that for every hour in flight to prevent such dehydration, passengers follow the guidelines aforesaid. It is not a wide spread fact that in the cabins of airplanes many free radical scavengers are present. Long flights especially wreck havoc on the body at best, and certainly do not provide enough fiber when one evaluates the airline meals. Ergo, not just fiber-water (which provides hydration and soluble fiber) but a target specific antioxidant fiberwater for airline travel, with or without supporting additional nutritional supplementation, is ideal.

There are other stressful emergency situations for which fiber-water is beneficial and now with additional additives is more target specific. This is not to be confused with a general population anti-stress situation but emergencies handled by the Red Cross, FEMA and like such agencies governmental or privatized, or non-profit).

In U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390, inventor Stilman clearly states the importance of such product(s). “When under stress humans and animals are known to reduce their consumption of water. Yet when the body is stressed by disease, additional water is required, yet this is exactly when many reduce their fluid intake. Further stress may influence people to prefer sugar-laden beverages (comfort food) or caffeine beverages for alertness—these types of beverages actually increase ones water requirement and may lead to dehydration. Thus, it is beneficial to provide fiber-water as opposed to plain water in emergency supplies to be used in case of natural disaster—fire, flood, storm, earthquake, or hurricane and it is suggested fiber-water be stocked by FEMA or its international counterparts. During such a disaster people are stressed and are often forced to move from their homes and everyday surroundings. Emergency situations often dictate a shortage of food and water and/or that food and water will be available at abnormal times. This combined with the general shortage of fresh fruits and vegetables, which are a key source of dietary fiber, during such an emergency naturally leads to loss of regularity. Emergency food drops rarely contain fresh fruits and vegetables. Having to deal with the emergency is bad enough. Adding severe constipation and dehydration simply makes a bad situation worse. Assuring ample supplies of fiber-water is intended (what happened here?) to alleviate many of these problems”.

Anti-oxidants of importance include, but are not limited, to the following:

-   -   1. Alpha-Lipoic Acid, helps to neutralize the effects of free         radicals.     -   2. Bilberry is a strong antioxidant that keeps capillary walls         strong and flexible. Supports and strengthens collagen, inhibits         growth of bacteria, anti-inflammatory, anti-aging,         anti-carcinogenic.     -   3. Coenzyme Q10, is an immunological stimulant, increases         circulation, anti-aging, and beneficial for cardiovascular         system.     -   4. Cysteine, (an amino acid) detoxifier of alcohol, tobacco         smoke, and environmental pollutants. Anti-aging.     -   5. Glutathione, defends against damage from smoking, exposure to         radiation, cancer chemotherapy, and toxins such as alcohol. A         detoxifier of heavy metals and drugs, it aids in the treatment         of blood and liver disorders.     -   6. Melatonin, is an antioxidant/free radical scavenger     -   7. Selenium, guards the cells of blood, heart, liver, and lungs.         It stimulates antibody response to infection.     -   8. Vitamin C, free radical scavenger. It increases the synthesis         of interferon (natural antiviral substance produced by the         body).     -   9. Vitamin E, prevents the oxidation of lipids and protects the         heart.         Understanding Enzymes for the Purpose of Encapsulating, with or         without Viscosity Changes

Enzymes are the powerhouses of every living cell. They either start chemical reactions, or they make them run faster.

Enzymes sustain life. The late Dr. Edward Howell, a physician and pioneer in enzyme research, called enzymes the “sparks of life”. These energized protein molecules play a necessary role in virtually all of the biochemical activities that go on in the body. They are essential for digesting food, for stimulating the brain, for providing cellular energy, and for repairing all tissues, organs, and cells. Life as we know it could not exist without the action of enzymes, even in the presence of sufficient amounts of vitamins, minerals, water, and other nutrients.

An enzyme is a complex protein molecule originating from living cells and capable of producing certain chemical changes in organic substances by catalytic action, such as in digestion. In fact enzymes are best known for their ability to improve digestion by breaking down proteins, fats, and carbohydrates in out food. In this way, digestive enzymes improve health by allowing the nutrients in our foods to be extracted, absorbed, and carried through the bloodstream to the various organs and cells of the body. This is why improving digestion can benefit so many conditions that at first do not appear to have anything to do with digestion (such as allergies, acne, aging, headaches, gout, etc.). By augmenting the body's enzymes, supplemental digestive enzymes free pancreatic enzymes to perform other health functions in the body, such as boosting immune function, decreasing inflammation, and improving circulation. Further, digestive enzymes are essential for proper detoxification and for maintaining healthy flora in the colon.

In the book, “The Complete Book of Enzyme Therapy,” Dr. Anthony Cichoke presents a practical guide to using the natural power of enzymes to maximize health and combat a host of common disorders, including, but not limited to, digestion. Dr. Cichoke is a strong advocate of including plenty of water (on a daily basis) while avoiding, coffee, soft drinks, alcohol, artificial fruit drinks, and canned juices. (Page 436) On page 437, Dr. Cichoke stresses the importance of safe water. Chlorinated or fluoridated water in excessive amounts can kill the “good” bacteria living in the intestinal tract which can also increase free-radical formation in the blood, leading to tissue damage and accelerated aging.

Enzymes make digestion possible allowing the user to drink the fiber-water enzyme composition before, during, or after a meal with the specific intent of the invention being: “digesting fiber enriching water”. By the nature of the specific enzymes used to break down food, especially protein, as in the popular Atkins protein diet, the enzymes will help digest and break down the proteins while providing hydration along with the fiber that these diets so critically lack.

Enzymes go far beyond the breakdown of protein, being essential for everything that occurs in the body, including, but not limited to, digestion, breathing and circulation. Your body uses enzymes to fight disease and inflammation and to slow the aging process. Supplemental enzymes aid digestion, dissolve blood clots, and fight back pain; however as we age the numbers of our enzymes and their activity levels decrease.

Enzymes remain unchanged even after an action is complete, and because they have so many applications, it is better to classify enzymes based on what they do, what substances they act upon (substrates) and the reaction they start or accelerate. Enzymes are very substrate specific; some work best within a specific pH range—a measure of acidity and alkalinity. There are six main groups of enzymes, each having fundamentally different activities:

-   -   1. Hydrolyses consists of         -   a. Proteases which breakdown the peptide bonds in proteins         -   b. Amylases break down carbohydrates,         -   c. Lipases break down fats (lipids), improves fat             utilization, a digestive aid,     -   2. Isomerases break down the rearrangement of chemical groups         within the same molecule.     -   3. Ligases catalyze the formation of a bond between two         substrate molecules through the use of an energy source.         -   a. Lyases split the double bonds between atoms with the             accumulation or disassociation of chemical groups.         -   b. Oxidoreductases make oxidation and reduction possible.         -   c. Transferases transfer chemical groups from one molecule             to the other. Again, enzymes are best known for their             treatment in their ability to aid digestion and ease             digestive problems.

Systemic enzyme therapy takes the use of enzymes one step further by allowing the enzyme to enter the blood stream intact and be carried to every cell in the body in order to be effective. In this way, systemic enzyme therapy can fight inflammation and stimulate the body's own enzymatic processes, decrease pain and swelling, combat free radicals, improve circulation, and bolster immunity.

Systemic enzyme therapy is an integrative, holistic approach to health and healing. When made for systemic use and are to be taken orally (opposed to injection and/or topical application) they are enterically coated or protected in some way so they can pass through the acidic stomach intact. Microbial enzymes can be designed and produced to be acid resistant and, therefore, can resist the low pH of the stomach and pass onto the small intestine to do their work.

There are at least three methods by which enzymes are absorbed into the small intestine:

-   -   1. Pynocytosis,     -   2. Transcellular absorption (persorption) and/or     -   3. Transported by the lymphatic system.

Complete Book of Enzyme Therapy by Dr. Anthony Cichoke Avery Press, 1999, pages 37-54. Dr. Cichoke says, “Enzyme depletion is one of the greatest tragedies in today's society. If your food has been cooked and/or processed, it is enzyme dead. Fewer than 10% of Americans eat 2 servings of fruit or 3 servings of vegetables a day.”

Enzymes are amino acids. They are the structural units of all proteins. There are approximately 20 different amino acids, which occur in each enzyme in different numbers amounts and combinations. The body can make many of these amino acids by itself, but nine of these amino acids, called the essential amino acids, cannot be made by the body and must be obtained from diet and/or supplementation. Further, stress (including disease or injury) may cause increased demand for certain amino acids. They are:

-   -   1. Alanine: which can reduce cholesterol (when combined with         argine and glycine) effects the stabilization of blood glucose,         enhances fat metabolism     -   2. Arginine: fights hypertension, (according to cardiologist Dr.         John Cooke of Stanford, about 9 grams of arginine a day are         recommended. To that end he has developed the “Heart Bar”—a         medical food containing significant grams of arginine).         Additionally, arginine accelerates wound healing, enhances         thymus activity, increases fat metabolism, aids insulin         production and glucose tolerance.     -   3. Asparagines: fights chronic fatigue, cirrhosis, and drug         addiction.     -   4. Aspartic acid: plays an important role in metabolism,         increases endurance, treats drug addiction, cirrhosis, fatigue.     -   5. Cystein: promotes healing and improves disease resistance,         detoxifies the body.     -   6. Glutamic acid: Influences brain health, detoxifies body.     -   7. Glutamine: treats alcoholism, helps maintain gastrointestinal         health, prevents malabsorption.     -   8. Glycene, detoxifies liver, part of glucose tolerance factor.     -   9. Histidine: needed for tissue growth and repair and blood cell         production, treats digestive disorders, arthritis, and         allergies.     -   10. Isoleucine: aids healing from burns.     -   11. Leucine: aids healing from burns     -   12. Lysine: fights herpes, aids calcium absorption, tissue         repair, and collagen formation, essential for growth in infants,         maintains nitrogen equilibrium, and in adults plays a role in         enzyme, hormone, and antibody production, treats cold sores.     -   13. Methionine: helps prevent liver and artery fat build up,         maintains blood flow to kidneys, heart, brain, thus helps         protect cells from free radicals, detoxifies harmful agents,         aids digestion, helps prevent brittle hair, aids muscle         weakness, fights osteoporosis and allergies.     -   14. Phenylalanine: prevents and treats depression, treats         hyperactivity and attention deficit disorders, produces         neurotransmitters, improves memory, aids weight loss, elevates         mood, powerful pain reliever.     -   15. Proline: needed for formation and maintenance of collagen         and healthy skin.     -   16. Serine: involved in biosynthesis of pyrimidine, purine (uric         acid compounds), creatine (a nitrogen compound found mainly in         muscle tissue), and porphyrin (organic compounds), forms cystine         (an amino acid) with homocystine.     -   17. Threonine: aids digestion, improves absorption and         assimilation of nutrients, important to formation of collagen         and elastin, helps control epileptic seizures.     -   18. Tryptophan: important in energy production, glycolysis (the         energy producing process in which sugar is broken down to lactic         acid) tissue respiration, and fat synthesis, relieves pain, aids         sleep, precursor of niacin and seritonin.     -   19. Tyrosine: helps form antibodies and nourish blood, treats         Parkinson's disease, narcolepsy, and hypertension, a melanin         precursor, functions in a synthesis of hormones (tyrosine and         epinephrine), and neurotransmitters (norepinephrine, dopamine).     -   20. Valine: speeds healing from burns, aids normal metabolism,         important to muscular coordination, mental energy, and nervous         system function.

The inventor envisions one or more amino acids which can be encapsulated solely or in combination with other ingredients with specific release times so that they are complimentary

Enzymes are often divided into two groups: systemic and/or metabolic enzymes and digestive enzymes.

Digestive Enzymes

Digestive enzymes are secreted along the gastrointestinal tract and break down foods so that the nutrients are more readily absorbed into the bloodstream for use in various bodily functions. There are three main categories of digestive enzymes: amylase, protease, and lipase. Amylase, found in saliva and in the pancreatic and intestinal juices, breaks down carbohydrates. Different types of amylase break down specific types of sugars. For example lactase breaks down milk sugar lactose), maltase breaks down malt sugar (maltose), and sucrase breaks down cane and beet sugar (sucrose). Protease, found in the stomach juices, and also in the pancreatic and intestinal juices helps to digest protein. Lipase, found in the stomach and pancreatic juices, also present in fats in foods, aids in fat digestion.

Digestive enzymes are very important on a regular basis. While the body manufactures a supply of enzymes, it can also obtain enzymes from food. Unfortunately, enzymes are extremely sensitive to heat. (Even low to moderate heat (118 degrees F. (48 degrees C.) or above) destroys most enzymes in food, so to obtain enzymes for food one must eat raw foods. Unfortunately, the eating of raw food is not prevalent in out society today. Research has shown that as we grow older, the body's ability to produce enzymes decreases. At the same time, mal-absorption of nutrients, tissue breakdown, and adverse health conditions increase.

The alternative is to take enzyme supplements, which reduce the stress on the body, etc. Today digestive enzymes are available over the counter in tablet, liquid, capsule, form.

It is the object of this invention to provide digestive enzymes, separately and/or in combination with each other. If they are micro-encapsulated there is a greater potential for stability and potency. Further they may be combined with other ingredients to compliment such as peppermint which is know to be good for digestion.

Systemic Enzymes

Many people are familiar with enzymes as digestive aids. In addition it is very important to include the systemic enzymes and systemic enzymes in combinations because many enzymes can also be used to treat a wide variety of conditions through systemic enzyme therapy and/or through the aforesaid use of combinations.

Systemic enzymes can be taken in formulations made with any and/or all sorts of dietary supplements such as: phyto-nutrients, vitamins, minerals, herbs, anti-inflammatory agents nutraceuticals, pharmaceuticals, etc. Again, development and combinations rely on the technologies to best deliver, while ensuring stability and bio-availability to the consumer. From the categories just described and mainly those which are considered “nutritive”, (especially phyto-nutrients those coming from plants), in combination with systemic enzymes form what is called and have been described as Enzyme Absorption System Enhancers (EASE). These combinations are beneficial as they improve the absorption and bio-availability of other nutrients, maximize enzyme activity when combined with these nutrients, reduce the drain of the bodies own digestive enzymes, etc.

In systemic enzyme therapy, the enzymes are distributed throughout the body to help restore the body to health. Some of the conditions which can be treated with systemic enzyme therapy include; arthritis (and other inflammatory conditions), back pain, premature aging, circulatory problems, herpes, injuries, systemic myofacial pain, multiple sclerosis (MS), skin problems, gynecological problems, lupus, erythematosus, and other auto-immune diseases, viruses, and weight problems.

There is much literature on the aforementioned coming from Germany, Japan, and Italy, along with the U.S. on the use of enzyme therapy. The inventor calls attention to the fact that in addition to new applications, which are being discovered constantly in systemic enzyme therapy, they are being discovered in all categories whereby the delivery system becomes critical.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The inventor has called attention to the fact that this invention goes in new and novel ways beyond fiber-water, and therefore inventive additional aspects are here forth created/products that are water-like, taste water-like compositions, just like Fiber-Water, but with the addition of the ability to change the viscosity, add encapsulations, particles (flecks, dots, specks and/or the like) emulsify, suspend, create special effects, all with the specific purpose of creating “healthy” while creating visually appealing, “entertaining” water-like fiber-waters (drinks), and/or the like, for general desirability/use, and/or for specific use, dietary use and/or medical use.

Of great importance to the inventor, and is present in all her filings, is that there are sound scientific principle(s) behind the inventiveness, the inventiveness will be consistent, and that the intent of the inventiveness will be available and/or bio-available to the user on a an individual, as well as a “duplicatable” and “replicatable”, basis.

With all the dollars spent on all aspects of media today the inventor would be hard pressed to feel she could capture a portion of the market place unless the products are so unique, valuable, and/or distinguishable from what the media is promoting/telling consumers that they should drink.

To this end the inventor, with this invention, is able to combine “healthy” and in many instances added entertainment, especially for children, in the water beverage category. If the process is enjoyable to the consumer/user, as well as healthy, then there is a chance to capture a consumer while making a difference. It is a lofty goal to hope to reduce the number of soft drinks, over-sugared drinks and juices, that are consumed at such a high rate. Although there is hope and sales are beginning to reflect this new trend. To that the inventor is encouraged.

So while this inventor has filed PCT WO 01/70591 A1 titled: Infusion Packet with useful and decorative elements, Support Member, and Delivery System she has also filed US CIP of PCT/US01/09171 Method of Hydration, Infusion Packet System(s) Support Member(s), Delivery System(s) and Method(s) with business model(s) and Method(s). Sometimes it is not just the drink, but also the way in which it is presented and/or delivered that carries, along with the drink, just what it takes to capture a consumer by looks, additives, and/or the like.

The inventor here understands what is involved, what it costs a company to launch a new product(s) especially in Ready to Drink (RTD) Form. Such drinks we often predominately select by what is new, considered fashionable, and/or established (a brand) such as a Coke or a Pepsi, Sprite, Mountain Dew, So-Be, Snapple, Mystic, A&W Root Beer, just to name a few.

Drink selections now have bent towards adding ingredients for which the company is hoping that the consumer will select by the effect (stimulating, relaxing) that they promise the user. Mentioned above, and further here, we note waters with caffeine, nicotine, chlorophyll, and a myriad of vitamins, herbs, “other” substances and additives (some considered nutritional) addressing “a feeling” effect are coming to market. Vitamins seem to be a “hot ticket”, as if it is even desirable to get your vitamins in a water product.

What the inventor has noticed, so prominently, is that major companies like a Coca Cola, etc. launch different drinks in different parts of the world. It is obvious that certain flavors, “degrees of sweetness” etc. is more popular in certain areas of the world. Sometimes this is due to ethnic preferences. Sometimes certain ingredients are not always and/or readily available, or too costly, especially when desirous to expand to distant regions. This invention hopes to address much of the aforesaid by not really having flavor, but by providing the foundational taste of water, which is accepted worldwide. (Note: Under the guidelines of flavoring water the FDA says it is still water if the flavor constituent is 1% or less).

However, as flavor enhancers in a bottled drink there are other technologies that come to the forefront. The company, Sensations, has impregnated into the plastic sports cap, aromas that align with flavor. U.S. Pat. No. 6,102,224 to Sun, (PepsiCo. (NC), titled: Aroma release cap, whereby a method and apparatus is described, so that when the bottle cap is removed from the bottle, using scratch and sniff material/technology (creating friction), aroma is released. Further PepsiCo also controls the technology to add aroma to the nitrogen in the head-space of the bottle.

Clearly it is the goal of the inventor to bring forth a whole new category of drinking, based on the invention fiber-water called Hydraceuticals™ “Hydration with a Healthy Twist”™.

General Overview of the Invention:

Just as the inventor has contemplated new and novel ways to go beyond water with fiber-water, she now is dedicated to using fiber-water as the base for new compositions whereby, creatively, using encapsulations and viscosity modifications as delivery vehicles so as design products targeting “specific desires” and/or “special needs”.

These new water compositions will include, but not be limited to compositions addressing, as examples; obesity, diabetes, heart health, improved general health and well being, stress, depression, pain, fostering a healthy digestive tract, and the binding and removing of toxins from the body, thus intending to reduce the incidences of cancer etc. Further looking at immune enhancing, anti-bacterial and anti-viral, compositions. Further looking at products for babies, children, teenagers, seniors, pregnant mothers, stress, athletic and sports needs, all based on one, or a combination of soluble fibers delivered in pure, safe, water. Integrity will be reflected by the choice of systems, how they are integrated, and the additional scientifically researched and developed active ingredients. Manipulating via viscosity changes and encapsulations, mainly, will reflect and affect the results. Most important to the inventor, is how to create within the novelty and newness of this invention, “special added-value Fiber-Waters” for humans and/or animals which may be drunk, used for enteral feedings, and/or spooned.

The inventor realized that for those afflicted with a myriad of health challenges (acute/chronic) there must be an easier answer as to how to deliver target specific ingredients. Recognizing that people by nature are lazy and want convenience and, also by nature, individuals (users) don't take things that are good for them (look at smoking), or if they do it is not on a regular basis. “Taking with regularity” is critical for many supplements, even fiber-water, which a consumer cannot gain the maximum benefit, (although every little bit helps), in just one serving now and then. Individuals procrastinate and there's always an excuse. That is why the inventor chose to use water as the delivery system for the fiber and beyond. Some individuals fear taking pills and capsules, and/or find taking them is somewhat distasteful. Others may have difficulty swallowing. Others find that the ingredients are so strong that they come up on them, as in an acid reflux situation. Another problem is that they look so ugly and distasteful. Then too many ingredients, especially vitamins and minerals, carry an undesirable odor and/or taste. Water is needed by everyone daily to live, fiber to live healthier, and now expanding to service an individual's needs and desires so that not just life span, but health span will increase.

In such cases, for a product to be palatable, manufacturers have resorted to using extra sweeteners, mainly sugar, and/or chemical additives. Regardless of the havoc the sugar plays in the body, all the extra calories alone are a major issue, along with what this sugar does to your teeth. However, sometimes it is necessary to add sweetener, but not to overwhelm. We think of sweeteners as being sugar in one form or another. Sometimes a sweetener (sugar/sugar substitute may be necessary to counteract the use of organic and/or inorganic acids necessary for production of a safe product with extended shelf life. Many new sweeteners have recently come to market and shall be used as deemed appropriate by those skilled in the art. The significance here is that it is not the intention of the inventor to make a sugar loaded product, when in fact it is the direct opposite. It is also factual that great pains will be taken to accomplish the aforesaid.

For some of the drinks proposed, it is essential for the condition that they are targeting to add glucose but that will be done in moderation. It has been so far established the importance of hydration and fiber, and now perhaps glucose in “designed/designated and specific amounts”, in accord with achieving maximum benefits appropriate to specific conditions, and including but not limited to other additives.

Using encapsulations and viscosity changes, along with the presentation of additives, may be added to the drink without adding significant taste and/or calories. Ramifications, including but not limited to, preventing sharp rises and fall-offs in blood glucose levels which are known to cause mood swings, depression, cravings, headaches, hyperactivity (especially in children) and, most particularly, significant calories which can lead to weight gain and/or be a precursor for problematic health issues in the future (e.g. diabetes), etc.

Many individuals who need to take supplementation on a regular daily basis might and/or will gain more benefits from taking the additive(s) throughout the day. How many people actually take supplements with them when they leave home for the day? Even if they do they are not always carried appropriately, and/or “go stale” and unclean in a desk drawer at work. AND with what liquid, and do they ingest enough water period, not considering the importance of being sure that a substantial amount of safe water is used to help these supplements travel through the system. Interesting is that the inventor has observed individuals who may take up to ten (10) or more supplements in the morning, and even more when they get home in the evening. Others leave home and forget their necessary and/or desired supplements? When they get home, many times they are pre-occupied, and/or too tired, and/or believe that they shouldn't take certain nutrients in the evening, especially before bedtime.

A commitment of this invention is to avoid unnecessary additives chemicals whenever possible, and most critically, use small amounts of sugar (a durative of, in combination with any form of sweetener) only when necessary and required for specific use. Thus the invention, functional water(s) or water(s) for specific dietary use, and/or medically recognized conditions is designed to be safe, convenient, purposeful, and as ethical as possible in the area of medically sensitive or reactionary effects.

The inventor is presenting a radically new, completely shelf-stable, ready-to-drink totally nutritional functional fiber-water product. Functional fiber-waters for specific use(s) and/or medical use(s) is revolutionary in the realm of the buying public's ability to finally gain access to ethical functional water products designed for the users specific desires, dietary supplementations, and/or medical use, with one or more additives, with a specific intent, along with encapsulations, viscosity changes, and/or both. Not only is fiber-water, and fiber-water extensions, for humans, but also for their pets, some of who may need this product as much, if not more, than their human counterparts.

By providing in addition to safe water and soluble fiber, the addition of various popular, safe and completely approved functional ingredients, a product of exceptional value and versatility is created for consumers. Then by varying that ability, once again, to include various additional elements/components along with one or more functional ingredients, the existing fiber-water invention is enhanced. Then again, the variations offer the basic same product for multiple usages by varying their process conditions, including, but not limited to, viscosity changes and encapsulations. Now in doing all of the above, various such water products can be obtained that specifically target the nutritional and health goals, as well as needs and/or be condition specific as related to health improvement and/or challenges, in both healthy individuals and those needing health improvement in humans, and/or animals.

Diet refers either to the types of foods a person eats or the practices they use to control the types and amounts of food eaten to promote weight control, as to gain or loss, good health, or to help control or reverse disease. A healthy diet contains all the energy, protein, vitamins, minerals, and other essential nutrients, including fiber, and fluids, and most essentially, water, the single most critical ingredient the body needs on a daily basis and cannot do without . . .

The invention (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390), fiber-water, is quintessential to the Continuation In Parts (CIP) titled: “Functional Fiber-Waters, Waters for Specific Dietary Use and Medical Use.” The word “function” used herein, as described in Webster's Dictionary, means:

-   -   1. The kind of action or activity proper to any person or thing;     -   2. The purpose for which something is designed or exists.     -   3. It is further denoted to mean, a relation between two or more         elements in which one or more elements are assigned to one or         more other elements.

While it is conceived that these products be available mainstream in the same bottles and packages that mainstream waters, juices, and sodas are found in, and may be found for purchase in the same locations, it is also conceived that they be packaged differently/accordingly and sold in, or by, medical institutions, and/or establishments. Further they may even be sold under a doctor's request (medical food) and/or by prescription. As just one example Fiber-water, with the additional focus on diet control, is reflected in this present application concerning a water composition, more specifically water and fiber, and encapsulated related ingredients, with or with out a minimal amount of sweetener, designed to assist humans and/or animals with their diet specific needs and goals. There are additives, known by those in the art of weight control, that are not commonly used and/or approved for use except under medical supervision, ergo the correct labeling and product distribution channels will be followed.

Water has a viscosity of 3 centipoises, as opposed to orange juice or milk, which may have centipoises between 50-100. By increasing the viscosity of the fiber-water with a low viscosity fiber (permits using more fiber) along with the gelling qualities of pectin or guar gum, or the addition of one or more other kinds of soluble fiber, gelling agent(s), the fiber-water will gain more substance, which to many users be more appealing, and in some cases, easier to ingest (swallowing problem than a liquid with the viscosity of water itself). It may even be “spoonable”. If colored and/or decorated etc. the preparation will have greater consumer appeal yet it is really almost just like water, fiber-water.

While gelatin can be used, carrying with it known specific beneficial properties, (e.g. Knox gelatin by The Nabisco Company, claiming that gelatin provides building blocks for collagen—the chief structural protein in cartilage and bone and also claims to enhance for fingernail strength, it is not without its disadvantages. For example, gelatin is expensive, sets up rather slowly, and water products containing gelatin could be undesirable for some religions, such as Jews and Moslems as it is often manufactured from pig products. In U.S. Pat. No. 5,002,934 to Norton et al., issued Mar. 26, 1991, titled; Aqueous gel comprising carrageenan, it is demonstrated that without the use of gelatin, relatively strong low melting gels can be made.

It is also conceivable that some thickeners may be appropriate by themselves, and/or in combination with gelling agents, so long as they comply with the integrity of the invention. Thickeners include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol alginate, xanthan gum, starch, modified starch, gellan gum and carboxyethyl cellulose. These additives certainly contribute, among other qualities, to a more food-like substance, and can actually be, and/or perceived as being, more filling when ingested.

This inventor, and therefore this invention, will be most sensitive to babies, children, teens, adults, seniors, and those, regardless of age, with specific health desires, challenges, and/or needs.

Compositions with encapsulations, viscosity changes, or both may be packaged in expected bottles (glass or plastic), box, plastic, paper, pouches, and/or the like. The addition of color, flavor, aroma and shape of the product within its specifically designed contained confinement, attractive packaging using target specific graphics, would be most effective for inducing an individual to maintain needed fiber and water (hydration) and additives of value on a daily basis.

This invention can further deliver additional active ingredients, desired and/or needed, so that an individual does not have to take a tablet, capsule, soft-gel, etc., which may create discomfort in swallowing and, separately but additionally, lower the risk of not drinking enough safe, water at the same time. Often noted: people will toss back into their mouths handfuls of supplements, and/or medications, sometimes with no water at all, or only enough to allow them to enter the stomach. This practice can be very dangerous in general, and may lead to choking, or other adverse medical conditions.

OBJECT OF THE INVENTION

We have established early on the importance of fiber in addressing many areas of health. Best to review here with examples of specific combination of potential fiber-water compositional product. This, in total is a huge market as we look at the unique selling positions and the loyal consumers who choose to, need to, or both address their health and/or the health of one under their direct care. The inventor is aware that it is most frustrating at best for those who are becoming educated, knowledgeable, and willing, not to have ethical products be made available. One size does not always fit all. It has been estimated that about one in nineteen individuals in our society has a health condition that definitely requires special attention. This is a loyal and dedicated consumer. In many cases this makes the need for adequate fiber and water even more important to these individuals, along with the specific additions, and in the novel delivery methods. Due to modern medicine's success in combating disease, and with a better understanding of aging, and our ability to medically and dietarily address the aforesaid, we are living longer. But can we live healthier? The inventor's goal is to provide those opportunities through safe fresh pure water, and make them ethical as well as attractive in greater hopes that consumers will comply.

-   -   1. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition with added encapsulations regardless of size, shape,         color, material(s) and/or all, and/or the like, simultaneously         with hydration.         -   To present such encapsulations regardless of composition(s)             releasing potential(s) capability that will serve to protect             sensitive ingredients, direct their release, visible and/or             non visible to the eye, yet “swallowable” and/or             “spoonable”.     -   2. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition with one, or more than one, viscosity changes,         simultaneously with hydration.     -   3. The object of the invention is to present a fiber water         composition employing both encapsulations and viscosity changes,         simultaneously with hydration.     -   4. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition using encapsulations, viscosities, and/or both which         move around in the bottle (a lava lamp effect) using such         possibilities as the introduction of heat/cold, light/dark,         shaking rolling, stirring to create different effects and         combinations, simultaneously with hydration. This can be done         for delivery purposes and/or entertainment purposes.     -   5. The object of the invention is to present a fiber water         composition that contain particles, flecks, and/or any         “descriptive” of the like, that add active substances and/or         decorative elements to the product, simultaneously with         hydration. The just said may be in suspension and/or settle and         move when the bottle is moved in any direction and/or by any         means     -   6. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition with additives in a bottle with a form such as a         character, which does not pass through the bottle into the         drinkers/“spooners” mouth to be considered dangerous (except if         small enough and designed as such {alphabets in alphabet soup}),         and/or does not block the opening from drinking and/or pouring         of that is the chosen pathway of delivery, simultaneously with         hydration.         -   The objects may be representational, and/or just a shape(s),             and/or may be more than one. One might think of a ship in             the bottle, or a snow filled paperweight with an affixed             character(s) and moving particles surrounding separately             and/or simultaneously.         -   If one considers a “spoonable” product, like a Jello® or a             soup then these particles may have meaning like in alphabet             soup, or be tiny characters, miniatures, whereby they are             not drunk but spooned and possibly chewed, and/or the like.     -   7. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition that addresses airline travel, beyond just the         needed water (hydration) and fiber, (Example: deplete in airline         foods) with specific anti-oxidants, (mainly A, C, and E) needed         to counteract the free radicals in the cabins for flight         personnel and passengers a like, Fiber-Water PLUS for Airline         travel, simultaneously with hydration.     -   8. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition with enhanced additives under the guidelines of this         invention that is most useful in emergency (stress) situations         serviced by such institutions as the Red Cross, FEMA, and/or the         like, simultaneously with hydration.         -   While it is to be noted that there is an enhanced             fiber-water for general stress this composition specifically             addresses emergency situations.         -   Besides, universal use as a hydrating and fiber providing             material, fortified fiber-water with the additives will be             even more helpful as a single product and especially useful             in situations of stress. It is believed that stress, both             physiologically and psychologically wrecks havoc on the body             and alters or effects bowel regularity as well as other             bodily functions.         -   When under stress humans and animals are known to reduce             their consumption of water. Yet when the body is stressed by             disease, additional water is required, yet this is exactly             when many reduce their fluid intake. Further stress may             influence people to prefer sugar-laden beverages (comfort             food) or caffeine beverages for alertness—these types of             beverages actually increase ones water requirement and may             lead to dehydration.         -   Thus, it is beneficial to provide fiber-water and/or the             fortified fiberwater(s) (more categorically target specific)             as opposed to plain water in emergency supplies to be used             in case of natural disaster—fire, flood, storm, earthquake,             or hurricane and it is suggested fiber-water be stocked by             FEMA or its international counterparts.         -   During such a disaster people are stressed and are often             forced to move from their homes and everyday surroundings.             Emergency situations often dictate a shortage of food and             water and/or that food and water will be available at             abnormal times. This combined with the general shortage of             fresh fruits and vegetables, which are a key source of             dietary fiber and other important nutrients, during such an             emergency naturally impacts health status, animals too.         -   It is also conceivable as for any part of the invention to             have a vial of fortifications to the basic fiberwater and             that they may be mixed in. These may present in vials and/or             the like. It certainly allows more product versatility to a             posing situation. (In the inventors infusion packet filing             this is in depth but this is not in dry form but in a liquid             vial, packet etc and specifically for the base product             fiber-water.     -   9. The object of the invention is to present a fiberwater         composition designed to specifically address digestive support,         simultaneously with hydration: Digestive Support FiberWater         -   a. The importance of addressing digestive disorders:             -   i. The inventor is concerned with the over abundance of                 degenerative digestive conditions so prevalent in the                 US. Today, 70 million American suffer from digestive                 diseases, 15 percent on a daily basis (NIDDK 1997). An                 even larger population, approximately 118 million,                 experience heartburn or are afflicted with                 gastro-esophageal reflux disease (GERD) at least once a                 month. Even more potentially alarming is the projected                 35 percent increase in the number of adults 50-64 who                 will be afflicted with digestive problems. It is                 estimated in America that 90 million people use antacids                 or other stomach relief medicines (Euromonitor, 1998).                 Next to headaches stomach problems are one of the most                 self-treated ailments in the U.S. (American                 Pharmaceutical Assoc., 1997).             -   ii. A principal function of the gastrointestinal tract                 is to process and absorb food. The stomach, which is                 both a storage and digestive organ, works to optimize                 the conditions for the digestion and absorption of food                 in the small intestine. Following the stomach, is the                 large bowel (colon), then is the small intestine, which                 comprises three regions: the duodenum, jejunum, and                 ileum. A major function of the small intestine is one of                 absorption of digested nutrients.             -   iii. The passage of a meal through the, gastrointestinal                 tract, which leads to digestion and absorption of                 nutrients, is controlled by a complex system of                 inhibitory and stimulatory motility mechanisms which are                 set in motion by the composition of the meal ingested.                 Specific receptors for fats, and proteins, and the                 osmolality, acidity and particle size of the meal                 activate propulsive and inhibitory reactions, which                 modulate transit and thus absorption. The rate of                 passage through the small intestine is of great                 significance for the rate and extent of absorption from                 the small intestine.             -   iv. Disruption of the normal digestive and absorptive                 processes frequently manifests as a variety of                 syndromes, such as, for example malnutrition, weight                 loss, diarrhea, steatorrhea, vitamin deficiency,                 electrolyte imbalance, and the like.             -   v. The small intestine is also an important site for the                 absorption of pharmacological agents. The proximal part                 of the small intestine has the greatest capacity for                 absorption of drugs. Intestinal absorption of drugs is                 influenced to a great extent by many of the same basic                 factors that affect the digestion and absorption of                 nutrients, water and electrolytes.             -   vi. While many of the fibers address digestion and                 improve and support gastrointestinal health the inventor                 chooses to go beyond their sole ability alone to                 contribute to better digestion and the improving and/or                 sustaining a healthy gut.             -   vii. Further, one of the strongest health links for                 nutraceuticals is to treat digestive problems.             -   viii. So as to gain a better perspective, and a more                 layman appreciation of a portion of the invention, the                 inventor presents a water composition which not only                 hydrates along with delivering soluble fiber (some                 fibers are more inclined to benefit good gut health such                 as inulin/those which act as a pre-biotic/pro-biotic {to                 be discussed in depth}), but now to enhance with                 encapsulated ingredients specifically designed to supply                 additional additives that promote a healthy gut.                 Additionally also targeted at addressing the symptoms of                 gastro intestinal upset/indigestion, best in a natural                 way however pharmaceutically if deemed necessary.             -   ix. The inventor has covered digestive and systemic                 enzymes and their delicate nature, yet important                 function in the body. There are other ingredients that                 are known in the art to support digestion and/or aid in                 indigestion. Those may be encapsulated as well so that                 the taste may be masked as needed. In the cases of                 indigestion known helpful additives include, but are not                 limited to the following: alfalfa, aloe, anise, catnip,                 chamomile, fennel, fenugreek, goldenseal, ginger,                 peppermint, hydrochloric acid (sometimes), garlic, B                 complex especially B1 and B12, L Glutamine, to list just                 but a few.             -   x. Further, by time releasing the encapsulation(s) all                 at the same time and/or sequencing, be they the same                 ingredient or different ingredients this will allow the                 ingredients to be delivered to a specific targeted area                 of the Gastrointestional Tract.             -   xi. U.S. Pat. No. 5,977,175 to Lin (Cedars-Sinai Medical                 Center Los Angeles Calif.), issued Nov. 2, 1999, titled:                 Methods and compositions for improving digestion and                 absorption in the small intestine. The abstract as                 follows; “The present invention provides methods and                 compositions for slowing gastrointestinal transit and                 prolonging residence time to optimize presentation and                 absorption of ingested nutrients and/or                 pharmacologically active agents in the small intestine                 to prevent and/or reduce ineffectiveness thereof due to                 mal-absorption. The present invention further provides                 methods and compositions for enhancing the                 bio-availability and therapeutic effectiveness of                 pharmacologically active agents. What Lin points out is                 critical in relation to soluble fiber which is known to                 slow transit time through the colon not just to allow                 the binding of toxins so as to remove them from the                 colon but to slow the transit time for the absorption of                 the additive, “drug” and/or the like. Encapsulations                 and/or viscosity changes in the deliver system may                 further enhance target specific delivery.             -   xii. The size as well as the components, perhaps in the                 form of particles inside of particles then inside of                 said components, (whether they are considered                 encapsulations or not) is in the inventiveness here                 described in this filing (with or with out viscosity                 changes or not) will depend on many factors and known to                 those skilled in the art of structuring, composing, and                 formulation.             -   xiii. Promoting good gut health U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,697                 to Asano (Fujisawa Pharm. C., Ltd. Osaka JP.), issued                 Feb. 25, 1997, titled: Bifidobacterium growth promotant.                 Abstrct teaches as follows follows: This invention                 relates to a bifidobacterium growth promotant comprising                 gluconic acid, a nontoxic salt thereof and/or                 glucono-.delta.-lactone as an active ingredient. The                 bifidobacterium growth promotant of this invention has                 selective bifidobacterial growth promoting-activity and,                 at the same time, inhibits growth of deleterious                 bacteria. Moreover, its rate of digestion and absorption                 in the upper alimentary tract is so low that the                 promotant has very satisfactory characteristics as a                 bifidus factor. Therefore, the bifidobacterium growth                 promotant of this invention can be used per se or as an                 additive for various foods and drink to provide                 functional foods and drinks, thus being of great value                 from the standpoint of health improvement. This prior                 art proves the new finding that an organic acid has the                 activity to promote the growth of bifidobacteria.             -   xiv. Additionally U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,437 to Masuda,                 issued Dec. 16, 1997, titled Agent for proliferation of                 bifidobacterium is noteworthy.     -   10. The object of the invention is to present a fiberwater         composition designed to specifically address overweight         (appetite suppression, obesity and/or “dieting”), simultaneously         with hydration: Diet Support Fiber-Water         -   a. Fiber-Water composition with enhanced abilities designed             to specifically address appetite suppression/weight             loss/weight control.             -   i. First to note is how mind boggling it is to know that                 literally over a billion dollars annually is spent on                 pharmaceutical drugs, over the counter supplements (OTC)                 medications, with their guarded “all natural promises”,                 shakes and herbal concoctions, along with each diet                 Guru's claim to have the ultimate answer in league with                 their philosophy of “why” and “how” to lose weight. We                 are bombarded with presentations everywhere including                 but not limited to the advertisements on television                 (infomercials) print advertisements, direct marketing                 and/or the like, all costing an enormous amount of money                 to produce. They may also provide the plan by which to                 accomplish a weight loss goal and, in many instances,                 have available products under their name produced.                 (Robert Atkins as one who purports a low carb/no carb                 diet for weight loss. In fact 35,000,000 Americans are                 on such diets. Additionally, another 80,000,000                 Americans are on some sort of weight loss diet at any                 one time.             -   ii. There are organizations worldwide like Weight                 Watchers, and Jenny Craig along with a domestic chain of                 about 2,500 locations (US), centers, called Diet                 Centers.             -   iii. The inventor is most concerned with “general                 population obesity”, but with a “special” focus on                 childhood obesity (CO). CO may not just catapult into                 adult obesity, but set the child up for major health                 problems later in life, such as: diabetes, heart                 problems, stress fractures, psychological abuse etc. The                 biggest rise in childhood obesity has been in the US,                 but European countries are following the trend. About                 one in seven children in France, and one in five                 children in Italy, is now overweight. To understand this                 problem, and how significant it is the inventor calls                 attention to the following:                 -   (1) 61 percent of U.S. adults overweight. Dec. 15,                     2000.                 -   (2) The condition of being overweight is due to                     excess body fat. Strictly speaking, the term obesity                     is used to denote body weight that is 20 percent, or                     more, over the ideal weight as determined from life                     insurance company statistics for age, body-type,                     gender, and height. If a person's weight is not                     considered normal for his, or her, height and                     gender, he or she should try to lose weight to                     improve health. Weight loss of 10 percent of total                     body weight is associated with improvements in                     health.                 -   (3) It has been demonstrated that babies who are fed                     excessive amounts of food become fat, often remain                     overweight into adulthood.                 -   (4) Further many babies, children, and/or adults                     have been given food to feel better, or told that if                     they want to feel better they should eat more, and                     the inventor says “notice” EAT MORE NOT DRINK MORE.                 -   (5) Obesity has contributed greatly to one of the                     major health challenges today in humans and animals,                     weight control including weight loss, reduction of                     obesity, and weight maintenance.                 -   (6) This inventor is concerned with the many                     potentially serious health hazards in being                     overweight, as mentioned and also includes looking                     at the potential for being at greater risk for                     coronary thrombosis and stroke because of                     arteriosclerosis. Such high-risk people are more                     likely to develop diabetes mellitus and high blood                     pressure or hurt themselves seriously in accidents,                     develop osteo-arthritis, particularly of the knees                     hips, and ankles, and have complications following                     surgery, such as venous thrombosis and chest                     infections.                 -   (7) Obesity increases the risk of diabetes and                     cardiovascular disease and causes severe social and                     psychological problems in millions of Americans.             -   iv. Therefore it is the belief, and goal, of the                 inventor to use an easy to administer effective “obesity                 addressing solution” (fiber-water {U.S. Pat. No.                 6,248,390} addresses this problem), and now by this                 addition to the just said invention the inventor, will                 provide enhancement(s) for this purpose thus allowing                 more versatility to the treatment with the delivery                 systems of encapsulations and viscosity changing                 abilities, independent and/or in consort).             -   v. While psychological factors may, or may not, play an                 important role in gaining and/or loosing weight, they                 must be considered as well. There has become a                 tremendous focus on oral gratification as a part of                 addressing this issue. For many they just need to have                 “their mouth going”. It is even noted that when smokers                 give up smoking they put on weight. Drug addicts go to                 smoking and/or eating. However, it is well established                 that although disciplinary dieting may result in weight                 loss, such loss is rarely long lasting due to hunger, or                 more so to the “drive to eat”. This drive may be                 accompanied by the need for oral gratification. In the                 beginning a mother's breast, or the bottle, gave us                 nourishment, oral gratification, and satisfaction. By                 providing a functional water, or functional water                 program, especially for those addressing the problem of                 weight loss and/or weight maintenance, it is possible to                 also address this need for oral gratification.                 -   (1) With that in mind it is not just the additives                     to the fiber-water via the methodologies described,                     but the very fact that the dieter is given something                     that is pleasing, while playing to, and ergo                     appealing to this “oral gratification needy                     population”.                 -   (2) A slightly thicker viscosity, which basically                     goes un-noticed, or slightly noticed, or very                     noticeable as planned, is one way. Who would want to                     drink, and/or spoon thick water . . . perhaps one                     would say “yuck”. But it is here that the inventor                     cannot emphasize enough that, and covered in her                     issued fiber-water U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390,                     fiber-water, and now this novel enhanced fiber                     water, is also used for imbibing and reconstituting                     other products. Direct quotation for the abstract is                     as follows: “A shelf stable, ready to use,                     essentially tasteless and odorless water-like fluid                     for humans/animals comprised of safe water and a                     significant quantity of one or more water-soluble                     dietary fibers. Fiber-water, is intended to be                     consumed by drinking, or by enteral feeding alone,                     and/or in combination. The inventive liquid may be                     consumed directly hot or cold or after use, at any                     required temperature, in the                     preparation/reconstitution of beverages or liquid                     food product (e.g. coffee, tea, concentrates such as                     “HAWAIIAN PUNCH.®”, frozen concentrates such as                     lemonade/orange juice, soups and pet food). It can                     be used to enrich foods with soluble fiber through                     cooking, moistening, reconstituting or imbibing                     dried foods (e.g. oatmeal, rice, dried fruits,                     powdered soups, powdered beverages, powdered milks,                     nutritional shakes, “GATORADE.®/TANG.®/KOOL-AID.®.”                     products, gelatins, custards, puddings, and pet                     food). Fiber-Water can be consumed in the frozen                     state either indirectly by adding it to a beverage                     as a cube or crushed “ice”, or directly by licking a                     frozen “POPSICLE.®” product). Fiber-water is safe                     water fiber enriched intending to be a replacement                     and/or adjunct to other water to ensure proper                     hydration while at the same time provide significant                     soluble fiber.”                 -   (3) So in addition to the formula(s) for addressing                     obesity, additional fiber-water formulas might not                     just be supportive but necessary. Categorically, an                     example would be a stress reducing formula, a mood                     improver, an anti-depressant, and/or the like.                 -   (4) U.S. Pat. No. 6,013,622 to Bruno et al.                     (Nutriceutical Technology Corporation (Bridgewater,                     N.J.); Research Foundation of State University of                     New York (Stony Brook, N.Y.), issued Jan. 11, 2000,                     titled Method of regulating appetite and metabolism                 -   (5) U.S. Pat. No. 4,784,861 to Gori (CCA Indust.                     Inc. (East Rutherford, N.J.), issued Nov. 18, 1988,                     titled: Weight-control formulation, which                     additionally goes extensively into the benefits of                     fibers.                 -   (6) By helping control appetite we now may have                     discovered a way to address and control childhood                     and adult obesity as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.                     5,505,981 Method for Imparting Ability of Preventing                     Obesity and Imparting Glucose Tolerance to Foods and                     Sugar Preparations Exhibiting Such Preventative                     Effects.             -   vi. By designing a plan of action to sip, and/or at the                 other extreme spoon fiber-water, an enhanced functional                 fiber-water(s) throughout a protracted period of time,                 there exists the likely hood that the dieting individual                 will have something to hold (keeping roaming hands free                 from selecting food) and additionally, something                 addressing oral gratification. This is separate from the                 actual effect of the contents upon the individual, which                 again, used frequently throughout the day, brings forth                 additional merit. In many instances the additional                 functional ingredients may work better in a constant                 delivery mode, as opposed to a “bolus” dose taken hours                 apart and/or skipped in par, and/or even forgotten.                 -   While it is a separate subject, the inventor is most                     sensitive to those with eating disorders.                 -   It may benefit individuals with such known eating                     disorders as anorexia or bulimia since these                     individuals typically drink water because it fills                     them up without providing calories.                 -   Hopefully by these additions to Fiber-water they                     would serve to not only help preserve proper                     functioning of the gastrointestinal tract while                     other treatment is hopefully undertaken, but                     additionally add other needed nutrients.             -   vii. Those with eating disorders often from sever                 dehydration and/or are constantly drink water to                 ameliorate the hunger pains and satisfy. If in any                 conceivable way the practice of this invention addresses                 this disorder by providing hydration, nutrition, even if                 not providing the calories needed, it is still a step                 towards improvement, and should be taken as serious, and                 valuable.             -   viii. The inventor has looked closely at the following,                 and is hopeful that with not just these waters in this                 invention, but with her infusion packets in                 PCT/US01/09171 and/or her infusion packets in                 formulation with Fiber-Water (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390)                 and/or these new and novel “consistency regulated”                 invented waters, with or without the encapsulated                 additives, will tend towards making a significant impact                 on the health of our population in general, and                 especially with our younger.                 -   (1) To the inventor the following should drive home                     the importance of this invention, along with,                     perhaps even more alarming statistics and findings:                 -    (a) Obesity rates have risen in tandem with                     soft-drink consumption. (The National Institutes of                     Health recommends that people who are trying to lose                     or control their weight should drink water instead                     of soft drinks with sugar).                     The Problematical Increased Prevalence of Sugar in                     the American Diet

The big food companies and fast food chains still produce beverages and food products with an enormous amount of sugars, and most of all soda pop adds unnecessary, non-nutritious calories to the diet.

In fact America is drowning in sugar.

WASHINGTON—The Center for Science in the Public Interest (CSPI) and dozens of leading health experts and/organizations today petitioned the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to require that food labels declare how much sugar is added to soft drinks, ice cream, and other foods.

The petition also asks the FDA to set a maximum recommended daily intake (Daily Value) for added sugars and require labels to disclose the percentage of the Daily Value a food provides.

Michael Jacobson, executive director of CSPI, said today at a Washington press conference, “Sugar consumption has been going through the roof. It has increased by 28% percent since 1983, fueling the soaring obesity rates and other health problems. It's vital that the FDA require labels that would enable consumers to monitor—and reduce—their sugar intake.”

Marion Nestle, chair of the Department of Nutrition and Food Studies at New York University, said, “Because sugary foods often replace more healthful foods, diets high in sugar are almost certainly contributing to osteoporosis, cancer, and heart disease. It's high time that the food label informed consumers of a food's contribution to a recommended limit for added sugars.” Nestle was managing editor of the 1988 Surgeon General's Report on Diet and Health.

United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) surveys show that sugar consumption has increased almost every year since 1982. Most of that sugar came from cane and beet sugar and corn syrup and corn sugar. Much of the increase was due to the consumption of soft drinks.

“Health officials must take prudent action to stem the dilution of the American diet with sugar's empty calories. Declaring on food labels the amount of added sugars would help consumers cut the sugar and improve their diets,” said Mohammad Akhter, the executive director of the American Public Health Association.

USDA advises people who eat a 2,000-calorie healthful diet to try to limit themselves to about 10 teaspoons of added sugars per day. In fact, the average American does not eat a healthful diet, but consumes 20 teaspoons of added sugars per day.

A teenage male who eats a healthful diet could eat about 18 teaspoons of added sugars, according to USDA. Most teenage males do not eat a healthful diet, because they consume an average of 34 teaspoons of sugar per day.

CSPI is asking the FDA to adopt USDA's figure of 10 teaspoons (40 grams) as the Daily Value for added sugars. Daily Values are used on Nutrition Facts labels to indicate the recommended maximum intakes of fat, sodium, and other nutrients.

Many individual foods provide large fractions of the USDA's Re-commended sugar limits. For instance, a typical cup of fruit yogurt provide 70% of a day's worth of added sugar; a cup of regular ice-cream provide 60%, a 12-ounce COLA provides 103%, a large McDonald's Shake 120 percent, a large Mr. Misty Slush at Dairy Queen 280%

One of the biggest problems with high-sugar foods is that they are replacing more foods that are healthful. According to USDA data, people who eat diets high in sugar get less calcium, fiber, foliate, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, zinc, magnesium, iron, and other nutrients. They also consume fewer fruits and vegetables.

“If you're drinking soda pop instead of low fat milk or orange juice, or eating a candy bar instead of a piece of fruit, you're missing a chance to cut your risk of osteoporosis, cancer, or heart disease,” said Bonnie Liebman, CSPI nutrition director.

Liquid Candy, as soft drink are called are harming America's Health. The inventor also believes that all the sugar laden new age beverages such as the So Be Drink line and many of the flavored teas, botanicals, and the like are just as guilty as the soft drinks. Granted they do not have the phosphoric acid of the colas but the sugar level is just as high if not higher.

In 1997, Americans spent over $54 billion on soft drinks. The industry produced 14 billion gallons of soft drinks, twice as much as in 1974. That is the equivalent to 576, 12-ounce servings per year, or 1.6 12-ounce cans per day for every man, woman, and child.

12- to 19-year-old boys who consume soda pop drink an average of 2 12-ounce sodas per day (868 cans per year). Girls drink about one-fourth less.

Bigger serving sizes spur consumption. In the 1950s, Coca-Cola sold only a 6½-ounce bottle. That grew into the 12-ounce can, which is now being supplanted by 20-ounce bottles ( . . . and then there's 7-Eleven's 64-ounce 600-calorie Double Gulp—the “Pop Belly Special”).

Soda pop is Americans' single biggest source of refined sugars, providing the average person with one-third of all sugar. Twelve- to 19-year-old boys get 44% of their 34 teaspoons of sugar a day from soft drinks. Girls get 40% of their 24 teaspoons of sugar from soda. Because some people drink little soda pop, the percentages are higher among actual drinkers.

Soft drinks provide the average 12- to 19-year-old male with about 15 teaspoons of sugar a day and the average female with about 10 teaspoons a day.

In 12- to 19-year-olds, soft drinks provide 9% of boys' calories and 8% of girls' calories. Those percentages are triple (boys) or double (girls) what they were in 1977-78. Those figures include teens, which consumed little or no soda pop.

As teens have doubled, or tripled their consumption of soft drinks, they drank 40% less milk. Twenty years ago, boys consumed twice as much milk as soft drinks, and girls consumed 50% more milk than soft drinks. Now, boys and girls, consume twice as much soda pop as milk.

Teenage girls consume only 60% of the recommended amount of calcium, with soda-pop drinkers consuming almost one-fifth less calcium than non-drinkers. It is crucial for females in their teens and twenties to build up bone mass to reduce the risk of osteoporosis later in life. Preliminary research suggests that drinking soda pop, instead of milk, can contribute to broken bones in children and adolescents.

Among frequent consumers, regular soft drinks promote tooth decay because they bathe the teeth with sugar-water for long periods of time.

Diets high in carbohydrate may promote heart disease in “insulin resistant” people by raising triglyceride levels in blood. Sugar, such as that in soda pop, has a greater effect than other carbohydrates.

Soft drinks may increase the recurrence of kidney stones. The National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (NIDDK) includes cola beverages on a list of foods that doctors may advise patients to avoid.

Nutritional Harm of Soft Drinks

Heavy soft-drink consumption also correlated with low intake of magnesium, ascorbic acid, riboflavin, and vitamin A. Calcium continued to be a special problem for female soft-drink consumers.

Dietary surveys of teenagers found that in 1996:

-   -   Only 34% of boys and 33% of girls consumed the number of         servings of vegetables recommended by USDA's Food Pyramid.     -   Only 11% of boys and 16% of girls consumed the recommended         amount of fruit.     -   Only 29% of boys and 10% of girls consumed the recommended         amount of dairy foods.     -   Most boys and girls did not meet the recommended amounts of         grain and protein foods.

Those surveys also found that few 12- to 19-year-olds consumed recommended amounts of certain nutrients, including:

-   -   calcium: only 36% of boys and 14% of girls consumed 100% of the         Recommended Dietary Allowance (RDA).     -   vitamin A: only 36% of boys and 31% of girls consumed 100% of         the RDA.     -   magnesium: only 34% of boys and 18% of girls consumed 100% of         the RDA.

Colas provide male teens in the 90th-percentile of soft-drink consumption with as much caffeine as is in 1½ cups of coffee; for females the figure is one cup. Caffeine, a mildly addictive stimulant drug, is added to most Colas, Dr Pepper, some orange sodas, and other soft drinks. Caffeine's addictiveness may be one reason why six of the seven most popular soft drinks contain caffeine. However the inventor notes that caffeine has specific use, and may be used with specific intentions and not just put into beverages, indiscriminately to addict consumers to their product. Caffeine does not contribute to the taste factor in the inventor's opinion and presents, in fact as bitter.

The artificial sweetener saccharin, which is now used only in a few brands, has been linked in human studies to urinary-bladder cancer and in animal studies to cancers of the bladder and other organs. Several cancer experts have questioned the safety of acesulfame-K, which is used in the new Pepsi One.

-   -   ix. It is the object of this invention to present additional         benefits to fiber-water, which in and of itself, by the nature         of soluble fiber(s) addresses appetite suppression/feeling of         fullness, ergo weight control and/or dieting while         simultaneously satisfying hydration requirements especially         important to dieters.     -   x. In weight loss, weight management, or weight maintenance,         diet fiber-water(s) would be water providing adequate hydration,         adequate fiber, and perhaps, a minimal amount of a “sugar”         and/or a sweetener, and/or a combination of both. The         glucose/sugar/sweetener would be for the purpose of modulating         glucose levels wherein significant fluctuations in blood sugar         can now be kept at bay. In other words, “take the edge off of         hunger”. Certainly when ones blood sugar falls the symptoms         including, but not limited to, extreme hunger, ergo most likely         results in overeating and/or food bingeing. (The inventor here         is not referring to those who eat for psychological reasons)     -   xi. A minimal amount of glucose added to the fiber in water is         valuable and even to be considered necessary for many reasons,         including, but not limited to, a feeling of satisfaction when         ingesting/digesting, in helping to support/regulate blood         glucose levels during a weight loss, or maintenance program.         Also to aid with feelings of depression, stress (a hint of sweet         brings satisfaction), and to ensure that, as in fiber-water,         adequate water and fiber are consumed. By varying the ratios of         both caloric (to accomplish the aforesaid), low caloric, and         non-caloric sweeteners, the inventor provides “formulation room”         to effect taste and therefore relating affirmatively to the         consumer's, perceived and/or actual, satisfaction.     -   xii. Further, to maintain a functional water-like drink with         very low inclusion of glucose it is necessary to take into         consideration the taste of the additional ingredients. It is to         this end that encapsulations be included following the         guidelines of this invention and the abilities of the art. The         viscosity, and/or more than one viscosity, as mentioned, of the         fiber-water-glucose/sweetener composition may be altered to         better support the desired response(s), with or without         encapsulations, or for other commonly known reasons, including         but not limited to individuals with swallowing difficulties.     -   xiii. A swallowing disorder may be caused by allergies, anxiety,         bacterial infection, cancer of the esophagus, fear, genetic         problems, goiter, hiatial hernia, hormone imbalance, nervous         disorder, stress, swollen lymph nodes, thyroid disorder,         tonsillitis etc. Further, Jello® like beverages have a great         appeal to children and even the elderly as they enjoy the         texture and possibility of flavors and colors. A thickening         and/or gelling agent to give an enhanced body to the water for         the purpose of creating a more food like or filing feeling’ is         especially desired by those on a weight loss program. Some of         these thickening agents and/or gelatins have, by their intrinsic         nature, nutritional value. Knox® gelatin by Nabisco® was         mentioned earlier but to note that, in addition to fingernails,         gelatin provides building blocks for collagen, the chief         structural protein in bone and cartilage.     -   xiv. The present inventor is concerned with providing a         composition that can be extremely beneficial to humans (animals         too) who are looking to reduce their weight. Then at formulating         a plan as to how to implement that plan, including but not         limited to the selection of a “functional water” specially         deigned to meet the needs and desires. This may readily be a         platform for a daily individual, (large container/bottle of one         litter or more in contents) to be drunk throughout the day         and/or an integrated, multi-bottled/packaged (Two (2) or more         containers synergistically functioning in consort) water         program. This is also for those who have already started a         weight loss program and/or wish to maintain life long regimen of         healthy drinking. It is believed that plus or minus 1-5 gr. of         sugar (dextrose, sucrose, fructose etc.) will only add 4         calories per gram to the liquid, in this case 8 oz. (240 ml.).         Therefore a total of plus or minus 4 to 20 calories per 8 oz. is         what is considered reasonable, but may exceed by design. (Sugar         is often referred to as in Brix. One degree Brix is equal to 1%         sugar solution per 100 ml.)     -   xv. With the further addition of flavoring(s), aroma(s), and         coloring(s), a diet-fiber-water that includes scientifically         studied additives for this specific use, is considered far more         ethical than drink selections consisting of water and sugar         laden liquid diet supplements that add fat too many calories,         for one thing, and actually contribute to one, or more than one,         potentially serious dietary problems, rather than alleviate         them. (The inventor, personally, does not advocate nutritionally         fortified diet beverages for continued use, as one must eat         meals and regulate the body normally accordingly) However if it         is in dry form, to be reconstituted, then with this invention it         may be meritorious.     -   xvi. With the proper administration of a fiber, water,         glucose/sweetener composition consumed throughout the day, and         on a daily basis, positive results have been observed noting a         sufficient reduction in appetite along with and a more         regulated/even metabolism.     -   xvii. U.S. Pat. No. 5,344,824 to Ohkuma et al., issued Sep. 6,         1994, titled; Method for reducing insulin secretion . . . A         method for reducing insulin secretion without negatively         affecting/influencing blood glucose levels in an animal         Abstract: A food composite for saving insulin secretion         comprising a refined product of pyrodextrin obtained as an         active ingredient through a process of decomposing starch or         starch hydrolyzate by heating in the presence of an acid or         without acid.     -   xviii. U.S. Pat. No. 5,505,981 to Wakabayashi et al., issued         Apr. 9, 1996 titled; Method for imparting ability of preventing         obesity and impaired glucose tolerance to foods and food sugar         preparations exhibiting such preventative effects.     -   xix. It is the goal of this invention to provide the         vehicles/delivery system relating to the placement of additives         in order to produce a most scientific and ethical product, while         giving the consumer the highest in quality, consistency, appeal,         and value.     -   xx. While this invention purports that the addition of said         functional components will reside within the encapsulations, it         is also conceived that one or more than one of the         non-active/active components, in addition to the fiber, will         reside in the liquid itself, outside of the encapsulations. The         value in doing the aforementioned is multi-purposeful. As an         example some minerals might enhance the flavor of the water         regardless of the total dissolved solids and/or salts but for a         certain specific need, more of that mineral might be needed. If         put in the “general water” aka “background water” the taste         would not be acceptable, ergo encapsulating that mineral would         allow more to be delivered without changing the taste. In the         case of Astroade, (Dr. John Greenleaf NASA), the re-hydration         drink of the astronauts, which is very high in sodium, this         could provide a viable solution. Further, some of the (in this         example) minerals could be timed release while some could be         used immediately upon ingestion. In the case of some minerals as         an example, the water composition would still taste like water         (even if you went into a higher mineral category [above a TDA of         500]) and the minerals will enhance the taste and provide         nutritive value as well. Note: The inventor has already         discussed fiber (including but not limited to the gums) as in         relation to what she would define as a “more textured” water         composition.     -   xxi. It is also a part of this invention in total, and not just         for the fiber-water for weight loss purposes, that the         encapsulations/micro-encapsulations while they may be released         in the mouth, they may also be coated to drop within 60-240         minutes, (1-4 hours) post ingestion, thus allowing the active         ingredients to be placed farther down along the gastrointestinal         tract. In the case of a diet fiberwater, ingredients known in         the art to ameliorate hunger and/or give a feeling of fullness         ergo having extra value if they are not just immediately         released but released at timed intervals. Qualities of mood         regulating waters, stress addressing waters, relaxing waters,         etc. may be incorporated into the program in the same packages         container and/or multiple containers packaged together and/or         selected by the choice of the consumer.     -   xxii. It is even possible to encapsulate small amounts of         sugar(s) to be released in this fashion, however they would be         larger in size and most likely visible to the eye (perhaps even         colorful) that could address fluctuations in blood sugar levels         ergo would help ameliorate mood swings, hunger, and/or the like         conditions resulting from blood sugar “lows” with or without         other additives which have been recognized/endorsed/prescribed         by health care professionals and supporting science has         validated.     -   xxiii. Other additives, which are contemplated by the inventor         have been well researched with sound ethical, and recognizable,         scientific studies behind them and deemed “functional” and known         to support weight loss without side effects include but are not         limited to:         -   (1) Chromium Picolinate reduces sugar cravings by             stabilizing the metabolism of simple carbohydrates.         -   (2) Vitamin C necessary for glandular function, speeds up a             slow metabolism.         -   (3) Choline and insitol help the body burn fat.         -   (4) Gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) suppresses cravings and             has antidipressant qualities.         -   (5) L. Arginine. L'Ornithine plus L'Lysine are amino acids             which are known to decrease body fat and best combined with             50 mg. B6 and 100 mg. Vitamin C for better absorption.         -   (6) L'Carnitine has the ability to break up fat deposits and             aids in weight loss.         -   (7) L'Glutamine lessens carbohydrate cravings.         -   (8) L'Phenylalanine is an appetite suppressant which tells             your brain that you are not hungry         -   (9) L'Tyrosine suppresses cravings and has anti-depressant             qualities         -   (10) Zinc enhances the effectiveness of insulin and boosts             immune function.     -   xxiv. U.S. Pat. No. 6,403,657 to Hinz, issued Jun. 11, 2002,         titled: Comprehensive pharmacologic therapy for treatment of         obesity abstracts the following: The comprehensive pharmacologic         therapy for treatment of obesity is a procedure which involves         the administration of a desired therapeutic range of         Diethylpropion and/or Phentermine in combination with a SSRI         medication and nutritional supplementation for brief and long         durations which may be 12 months or more. The preferred         procedure involves the administration of drugs in combination         which are identified as: Citalopram (Celexa) and Phentermine;         Citalopram (Celexa) and Diethylpropion; Citalopram (Celexa),         Phentermine, and Diethylpropion. In addition nutritional         supplementation such as a multivitamin, 5-Hydroxytryptophan,         vitamin B6, vitamin C, Tyrosine, Calcium, and Lysine may be used         to enhance the performance of the weight loss treatment program.         (The inventor here is specifically interested in the         encapsulations of the nutritional supplementation of the         aforesaid).     -   11. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed to support heart health, simultaneously         with hydration: Hearth Healthy Fiber-Water.         -   a. If one has elevated cholesterol, for which statistics             have shown one (1) in every five (5) adults has, fiber-water             (U.S. Pat. No. 6,148,390) with its inclusion of significant             soluble fiber has been shown to be of great benefit in             lowering such an elevated level.             -   i. Studies also show that adequate fiber clearly lowers                 the risk of heart disease and tends to bind toxins,                 including toxic metals, allowing them to exit safely                 from the digestive system.             -   ii. Further, and of major significance, is that in the                 case of fats the fiber seems to help prevent damaging                 levels of cholesterol in the blood. This seems to be due                 to a binding of bile salts and cholesterol to the fiber                 so that these materials are excreted with the feces,                 rather than being absorbed or reabsorbed.             -   iii. Additionally, if we address a way of lowering                 cholesterol, in addition to soluble fiber/fiber-water as                 a way to reduce cholesterol level, some natural                 additions should be considered, and presented within the                 confines of the “new and novel” of this invention. In                 the same alternative one can give consideration to a                 pharmaceutical addition, but the inventor here prefers                 to use nutritional enhancing additives where ever and                 when ever possible due to many of the consequences that                 go with pharmaceuticals. Such nutritive enhancing agents                 include but are not limited to the following:                 -   (1) Coenzyme Q10, which has been shown to oxygenate                     heart tissue.                 -   (2) Calcium and magnesium are important in the                     proper functioning of the cardiac muscle (The                     inventor is impressed with the magnesium gluconate                     and the calcium lactate gluconate both by Glucona                     America, (Janesvile Wis.). They go readily into                     solution without imparting a taste at recommended                     levels. It is therefore possible that they can go                     into fiber-water (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390) and fall                     within the limits of that patent (TDS). In this                     filing they do not have to be encapsulated and may                     reside in the foundational liquid itself, with or                     without a viscosity change. (Note; If additional                     palatable and/or non-palatable, water soluble or                     non-soluble forms of calciums and/or magnesiums are                     used they will have to be encapsulated most probably                     . . . Again referencing a previous example “if a                     significantly higher amount is needed, an amount is                     best delivered in time release fashion, and/or                     whereby Taste becomes an important factor                     encaspsulations are a consideration”.                 -   (3) Garlic (now exists the odorless varieties) lower                     blood pressure and thins the blood.                 -   (4) Vitamin E (water soluble by Hoffman La Roche,                     CH) does not affect the taste of water, and may be                     used in the basic fiberwater (U.S. Pat. No.                     6,248,390) itself without changing the taste of the                     composition. Vitamin E strengthens the heart muscle,                     improves circulation, it is also an anti-oxidant                 -   (5) Niacin, lowers cholesterol and improves                     circulation.                 -   (6) L'Carnatine has been shown to reduce fat and                     triglycerate levels in the blood. Increases oxygen                     uptake and stress tolerance.                 -   (7) Additionally, in therapeutic doses potassium,                     selenium, lecithin, Superoxide dismutase (SOD),                     taurine, Melatonin, and all the B vitamins are just                     some of the nutrients that affect the heart in a                     positive way if used propetly.8.The object of the                     invention is to present a fiber-water composition                     designed specifically for diabetics. In the case of                     simple sugars, slowed absorption translates to a                     more gradual rise in blood sugar following eating.                     This is important in the managing of diabetes and                     may also help prevent adult onset diabetes.             -   iv. U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,026 to Diehl, (P&G Co.                 Cincinnatti, Ohio), issued Mar. 18, 1997, titled:                 Cholesterol lowering drink-mix compositions. In this                 patent a gum, specifically xanthin gum, is used as the                 cholesterol lowering agent/gum. (Xanthan Gum Xanthan gum                 is a polysaccharide gum produce by the bacterium                 Xathomonas compestris. Xanthan gum is a cream-colored,                 free-flowing, odorless powder, which dissolves in water                 to provide highly viscous solutions at low                 concentrations. The Merck Index, Tenth Edition,                 published by Merck & Co., No. 9868, (1983). Xanthan gum                 is available commercially under the tradename Keltrol.®,                 by the Kelco Division of Monsanto & Co., San Diego                 Calif.) The art teaches that: a drink mix composition                 comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an anion                 exchange resin; from about 0.05 g to about 1.25 g of                 xanthan gum; and from about 0.3 g to about 1.75 g of                 edible, water soluble salt at a level (wherein the                 gelation rate of the drink mix composition in an aqueous                 solution is reduced; and wherein further the                 compositions are in a form mixable with a liquid to form                 a suspension of the anion exchange resin, xanthan gum                 and edible, water soluble salt) has a positive effect on                 cholesterol lowering.     -   12. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed especially for diabetics, simultaneously         with hydration: Fiber-Water for Diabetics         -   a. Obesity is a major cause of a dramatic rise in diabetes.             Perhaps because of widespread obesity in the US, diabetes             has increased dramatically over the past decade, a new             nationwide study has found. Between 1990 and 1998, diabetes             increased by 70% among individuals aged 30 to 39, by 40%             among those aged 40 to 49, and by 31% among those aged 50 to             59, the findings indicate. Diabetes increased across all             regions, demographic groups and nearly all states, according             to the researchers.         -   b. It has been discovered that dietary fiber appears to             moderate the rate at which sugars and fats are absorbed from             the intestine, thus providing the ability to stabilize the             blood sugar. This stabilization is extremely valuable to             those hoping to achieve and maintain weight loss.         -   c. U.S. Pat. No. 5,505,981 is an invention, which presents             to a method for the ability of preventing obesity and             impaired glucose tolerance to ingested foods and preparation             exhibiting such preventative effects. There have been             developed various agents for inhibiting an increase in the             blood-sugar levels and excess insulin-secretion for             preventing healthy people from suffering from obesity and/or             diabetes or for treating patients requiting the control of             blood sugar level such as those suffering from diabetes. As             such agents, there have been known, for instance, Acarbose             (available from Bayer Yakuhi Ltd.) and AO-128 (available             from Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd.) which are substances             having an effect of inhibiting the gastrointestinal             absorption of sugar and starch and inhibitors for enzymes             involved in digestion, however, both of them are medicines             and the ingestion or intake thereof for the preventive             purpose becomes a cause of various problems. For instance,             they suffer from a problem of safety, since they would be             dangerous because of possible side effects, including, but             not limited to, elongating coagulation time. The invention             of said patent teaches us that the prevention of obesity and             impaired glucose tolerance can be insured through the             inhibition of increases in blood sugar level and             insulin-secretion in response to the oral ingestion of             sugary substances such as sugars and starches. The inventors             of this invention have demonstrated to us that indigestible             dextrin is excellent for this purpose. The dosage give would             be 1 g to 30 gr. per unit of food of 8 oz. to 12 oz.             Therefore for this purpose we would adapt that range.         -   d. A study conducted and reported in the New England Journal             of Medicine, May, 2000 encourages all type 2 Diabetics to             have at least 50 grams of fiber a day.         -   e. Critically important may be the effect of fiber-water(s)             on both type one, type two (adult onset and juvenile) and/or             borderline diabetics as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.             5,344,824, titled: Method for Reducing Insulin Secretion.         -   f. Beside reducing obesity these additives are helpful             additives for diabetics:             -   i. L'Carnitine which mobilizes fat             -   ii. Chromium Picolonate which improves insulin's                 efficiency which lowers blood sugar levels             -   iii. Taurine aids in the release of insulin             -   iv. All the B vitamins, along with Vitamins A, C, and E.             -   v. Calcium for Ph balance             -   vi. Magnesium important for Ph balance and enzyme                 systems             -   vii. Maganese is needed for repair of the pancreas. Also                 a co-factor in key enzymes of glucose metabolism             -   viii. Garlic stabilizes blood sugar             -   ix. Alpha lipoic acid: A powerful anti-oxidant has been                 shown to improve diabetic neuropathy and to improve                 insulin sensitivity. (600 mg. One to three times as day)             -   x. Brewers Yeast (BY) As far back as 1853, reported yet                 still today that chromium rich BY can be useful (9 grams                 per day)             -   xi. Evening Primrose Oil, improve nerve function and                 relieve pain symptoms.     -   13. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed to support bone and/or joint health,         simultaneously with hydration: Bone and/or Joint Supporting         Fiber-Water.         -   a. Osteoporosis is a progressive disease in which the bones             gradually become weaker and weaker, causing changes in             posture and making the individual more susceptible to bone             fractures. Osteoporosis is an age related condition that             causes a loss of bone mass and increased brittleness in the             remaining bone tissue. Osteoporosis currently affects 25             million Americans. Osteoporosis affects 15-20 million             Americans and in people over the age of 50 it is linked to             1.5 million fractures a year. The cost of this disease is             thought to surpass $18 billion a year and is on the rise.             The older you are, the greater your risk. Bone mass—the             amount of mineral in the bone begins to become less dense as             you age.         -   b. Because of the physiological, nutritional, and hormonal             differences between males and females, osteoporosis             primarily affects women. Also women are at a greater risk             also because women have less bone tissue and lose bone more             rapidly because of the changes associated with             hormones/menopause. Caucasian and Asian women are even more             prone to the disease. Small-boned, thin women are also at             increased risk. Lifestyle plays an important role as well.             Smoking, excessive consumption of alcohol, inadequate             consumption of calcium, and little, or no, weight bearing             exercise increases risk. The National Osteoporosis             Foundation (NOF recommends 1000 mg of calcium a day for men             and pre/postmenopausal women taking ERT, and 1500 mg a day             for post-menopausal women not on Hormone/estrogen             replacement therapy (ERT) and for all men and women over age             65.         -   c. Bone is subject to constant breakdown and resynthesis in             a complex process mediated by osteoblasts, which produce new             bone, and osteoclasts, which destroy bone. The activities of             these cells are regulated by a large number of cytokines and             growth factors, many of which have now been identified and             cloned.         -   d. There is a plethora of conditions, which are             characterized by the need to enhance bone formation. Perhaps             the most obvious is the case of bone fractures, where it             would be desirable to stimulate bone growth and to hasten             and complete bone repair. Agents that enhance bone formation             would also be useful in facial reconstruction procedures.         -   e. Other bone deficit conditions include bone segmental             defects, periodontal disease, metastatic bone disease,             osteolytic bone disease and conditions where connective             tissue repair would be beneficial, such as healing or             regeneration of cartilage defects or injury. Also of great             significance is the chronic condition of osteoporosis,             including age-related osteoporosis and osteoporosis             associated with post-menopausal hormone status. Other             conditions characterized by the need for bone growth include             primary and secondary hyperparathyroidism, disuse             osteoporosis, diabetes-related osteoporosis, and             glucocorticoid-related osteoporosis.         -   f. U.S. Pat. No. 6,410,521 to Mundy, et al. (OsteoScreen,             Inc., San Antonio, Tex.), issued Jun. 25, 2002, titled:             Nutritional supplements for stimulating bone growth This art             presents a food or food supplement which comprises a             compound that enhances bone growth in vertebrates wherein             the food or foodstuff is formulated so as to provide the             desired bone growth enhancing effect using red yeast rice.             The ultimate goal of the methods and compositions of the             invention is to treat or ameliorate bone disorders in             vertebrate subjects, particularly mammals, and more             particularly humans.             -   As used herein, “treat” or “treatment” include a                 postponement of development of bone deficit symptoms                 and/or a reduction in the severity of such symptoms that                 will or are expected to develop. The terms further                 include ameliorating existing bone or cartilage deficit                 symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating                 or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of                 symptoms, preventing or reversing bone resorption and/or                 encouraging bone growth. Thus, the terms denote that a                 beneficial result has been conferred on a vertebrate                 subject with a cartilage, bone or skeletal deficit, or                 with the potential to develop such deficit. By “bone                 deficit” is meant an imbalance in the ratio of bone                 formation to bone resorption, such that, if unmodified,                 the subject will exhibit less bone than desirable, or                 the subject's bones will be less intact and coherent                 than desired. Bone deficit may also result from                 fracture, from surgical intervention or from dental or                 periodontal disease. By “cartilage defect” is meant                 damaged cartilage, less cartilage than desired, or                 cartilage that is less intact and coherent than desired.                 “Bone disorders” includes both bone deficits and                 cartilage defects.             -   Representative uses of the compounds of the present                 invention include: repair of bone defects and                 deficiencies, such as those occurring in closed, open                 and non-union fractures; prophylactic use in closed and                 open fracture reduction; promotion of bone healing in                 plastic surgery; stimulation of bone in growth into                 non-cemented prosthetic joints and dental implants;                 elevation of peak bone mass in pre-menopausal women;                 treatment of growth deficiencies; treatment of                 periodontal disease and defects, and other tooth repair                 processes; increase in bone formation during distraction                 osteogenesis; and treatment of other skeletal disorders,                 such as age-related osteoporosis, post-menopausal                 osteoporosis, glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis or                 disuse osteoporosis and arthritis, or any condition that                 benefits from stimulation of bone formation. The                 compounds of the present invention can also be useful in                 repair of congenital, trauma-induced or surgical                 resection of bone (for instance, for cancer treatment),                 and in cosmetic surgery. Further, the compounds of the                 present invention can be used for limiting or treating                 cartilage defects or disorders, and may be useful in                 wound healing or tissue repair.         -   g. Additionally there is nutritional support, which can be             most helpful in addition to the known effectiveness of             calcium and/or to support calcium uptake in addition to             magnesium and boron.             -   i. L'Lysine and L'Arginene aid calcium absorption and                 help support connective tissue strength.             -   ii. Sulfur is necessary for calcium uptake and also                 serves to increase bone and connective tissue strength.             -   iii. Vitamins A, E, D, important in retarding the aging                 process             -   iv. Zinc Important for calcium uptake and immune                 function             -   v. Chromium Picolonate; Improves insulin efficiency,                 which improved bone density             -   vi. Maganese; Vital in mineral absorption             -   vii. Vitamin C; Important for collagen and connective                 tissue formation             -   Addressing joint health the inventor will not go into a                 lengthy dissertation, but just to mention that there are                 supplements, with sound science, that if taken                 regularly, which is problematic in and of itself, (and                 covered in this writing) not just joint pain, but the                 joint quality and joint socket can be addressed as well.                 Nutritive substances that can help include but not                 limited to balanced supplementation of minerals, Since                 the body's connective tissue and cartilage include a                 natural compound called glucosamine, Glucosamine has                 been clinically studied to build joint cartilage.                 Glucosamine sulfate is the preferred form of                 supplemental glucosamine as it has been shown to be up                 to 98% absorbable, so more glucosamine reaches the joint                 structures. Devil's Claw Complex contains standardized                 extracts of devil's claw root, which supports joint                 health and acts as an antioxidant; nettle leaf, which                 supports circulation; and ginger root, which has                 antioxidant effects. Cherries are a source of                 flavonoids, natural compounds that contribute to the                 integrity of capillaries, collagen structures, eyes,                 joints, and arteries. The anthocyanidin and                 proanthocyanidin flavonoids in cherries also have                 antioxidant properties to help disarm free radicals,                 which can damage healthy cells.     -   14. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed to support the immune system: Immune         Enhancing Fiber-Water, simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. Our bodies are constantly at war, under assault 24-hours             a day from infection and toxins. The fact that we survive at             all is due to our immune system—a fascinating network of             chemicals and cells that protect the body. The immune system             is your body's defense against invaders. It can be divided             into two sub-groups—the innate immune system (which covers             three areas) and the adaptive immune system.             -   i. The Innate Immune system                 -   (1) The skin and mucosal membranes. The skin and the                     lining of the body cavities that open to the outside                     must provide a protective barrier. The entrance to                     the organs like the gut and the reproductive tract                     needs to prevent invasion by any pathogenic                     micro-organisms. The oil or ‘sebum produced by the                     skin keeps its pH slightly acidic which controls the                     growth of any organisms on the skin. The mucosal                     membranes secrete a variety of fluids, such as                     saliva by the gastro-intestinal tract and mucus in                     the respiratory tract, which provide a defense                     against pathogenic micro-organisms. The body carries                     its own natural ‘flora’ of micro-organisms.                 -   (2) Secreted soluble proteins: These proteins and                     enzymes, such as lysozyme, c-reactive protein,                     interferons and the complement system, are present                     in the body secretions and fluids and attack                     different micro-organisms in a variety of ways,                     often by dissolving their protective layer                 -   (3) Cells: Most of the white blood cells, called                     granulocytes (including neutrophils, basophils and                     eosinophils), alongside others called macrophages,                     mast cells and natural killer (NK) cells, have a                     role in initial defense. They arrive at the site of                     damage or infection and either eat up the invading                     organisms (known generally as ‘antigens’) by a                     process called phagocytosis, or release chemicals                     toxic to the invader. Some of them also play a part                     in killing abnormal cells or tidying up the debris                     after such a fight. The Adaptive Immune system             -   ii. The adaptive immune system: is more complex and has                 the ability both to recognize different ‘antigens’ by a                 group of proteins across its cell surface (a bit like a                 chemical fingerprint) and to retain a memory of them so                 that the next time the antigen invades the fighting                 response is quicker. Every organism will have its own                 individual group of proteins, known as the major                 histocompatability complex (MHC). Human cells have their                 own, also known as the HLA (human leucocyte antigen                 complex) and this is the ‘tissue typing’ which is done                 when you need to be matched to someone for an organ                 transplant.                 -   (1) Cells called lymphocytes include: Plasma cells                     and B cells—The plasma cells secrete and the memory                     cells ‘wear’ molecules called immunoglobulins or                     antibodies. These molecules are grouped either as                     IgG, IgA, IgM, IgE and IgD depending on their exact                     function and location in the body. They act by                     passing messages about the invader to other cells,                     which will then attack it, or by attaching                     themselves to the antigen itself. T cells—these                     particularly help in the fight against intracellular                     pathogens such as viruses and also help to prevent                     the growth of ‘altered self’ cells such as cancer                     cells. They work by recognizing the MHC and the                     antigen. There are a variety of different T cells                     including helper T cells, cytotoxic cells and memory                     cells.                 -   (2) Antigen-presenting cells: These are cells that                     have begun to process antigens and include                     macrophages and B cells. They then present the                     antigen to the T cell, which will continue the                     attack.                 -   (3) Secreted chemicals: Chemicals such as antibody,                     complement and cytokines are secreted by different                     cells around the body and have a role in the complex                     recognition and attack on antigens. The lymphocytes                     are produced by lymphoid tissue around the body. The                     primary lymphoid organs are the bone marrow and the                     thymus, providing the development and maturation of                     the lymphocytes. The lymphoid tissue is connected by                     the ‘lymphatic drainage system’—a system of vessels,                     which allow the lymph fluid to drain back to the                     venous blood system via the ‘lymph nodes’. These                     nodes provide somewhere for the lymphocytes, along                     with other cells, to attack the antigens. It is                     these nodes, which you notice as being ‘swollen                     glands’ when, for example, you have a throat                     infection. The bone marrow and the thymus, the                     primary lymphoid organs, are responsible for the                     development and maturation of the lymphocytes. The                     secondary lymphoid tissues are the lymph glands,                     spleen and the ‘mucosal associated lymphoid tissue’                     (MALT), which includes the tonsils appendix and                     ‘Peyers patches’ in the intestine. There is also                     some very diffuse lymphoid tissue in the wall of the                     intestine and in the                     lungs.http://www.bbc.co.uk/health/immune/-top     -   b. Modern conventional medicine battles diseases directly by         means of drugs, surgery, radiation, and other therapies, but         true health, believed by the inventor, can be obtained by         maintaining a properly functioning immune system. (This will         include anti-bacterial, anti-viral compositions separately         and/or combined)     -   c. U.S. Pat. No. 6,328,967 to Rivera (Allergenics Inc. San         Francisco Calif.), issued Dec. 11, 2001, titled: Delivery System         to modulate immune response. This invention is directed         generally to a method of selecting and/or selectively modulating         an immune response by administering a microencapsulated         immunogen.     -   i. An immunogenic response is most predictably induced by using         a protein as the immunogen. In immunotherapy, the protein is         frequently administered parenterally, for example by injection.         While injections are inconvenient and uncomfortable to many         patients, they have heretofore been a common route of         administration because protease enzymes, and acid in the         stomach, and enzymes in the small intestines degrade orally         administered protein. It has been demonstrated that oral         administration of a soluble protein such as the model antigen         ovalbumin (OVA) results in the induction of immune tolerance,         characterized by the loss of either antibody or T cell response         to the protein antigen. Here presented is a method of better         selecting and selectively modulating a particular immune         response from the complex immune repertoire to better respond to         different antigenic stimuli in different conditions requiring         treatment. This invention provides methods and compositions to         induce an enhanced general or selective immune response. An         Immynogen delivery system comprises a microsphere of an         immunogen bound to an inert particle having a mesh size greater         than about 35 mesh. The microsphere is administered to the small         intestine of a mammal. The microsphere is preferably         administered orally and contains one or more enteric coatings         and may be administered in a gel capsule. In one embodiment the         inert particle has a mesh size greater than about 40 mesh and         may be a nonpareil, a silica powder, a salt crystal or a sugar         crystal.     -   d. Soluble fiber is known to bind to heavy metals, and other         toxins, and remove them from the body. However, while that is a         start, this invention goes beyond just that. It is the purpose         here to deliver prescription medications if needed (including         Over the Counter {OTC} products as well), but most important is         to strengthen the immune system, whether it is damaged as a         result of disease, stress, inadequate nutrition, poor living         habits, chemotherapy, or a combination of one or more of these         factors.         -   i. Vitamin A is the best anti-infection vitamin and very             important in defending he health of the organism. (If used             properly, and in moderation it is not toxic)         -   ii. Vitamin C is considered by this inventor to be the most             important vitamin for the immune system. It is essential for             the formation of adrenal hormones and the production of             lympocytes. It also has a direct effect on bacteria and             viruses. Vitamin C, if taken as a supplement, and in this             case used in the enhanced water for increasing immunity it             should be augmented with bioflavinoids (natural plant             substances that enhance the absorption and reinforce the             action of this vitamin.         -   iii. Zinc boosts the immune response and promotes the             healing of wounds when used in the appropriate dose (100             milligrams or less a day, over that may depress the immune             system). Zinc also helps protect the liver.         -   iv. Geranium is a trace mineral that is beneficial to the             immune system,         -   v. Pro-biotics and pre-biotics are important bacteria to             restore and protect         -   vi. Co-enzyme Q10 supports the immune system         -   vii. Garlic stimulates the immune system         -   viii. Amino acids and antioxidants for which literature is             replete     -   15. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed to reduce bad breath, body odors, and fecal         odors, simultaneously with hydration: Odor reducing Fiber-Water         -   a. Volatile sulfur compounds, mainly H.su.2S and CH. sub.#             SH, generated in the oral cavity have been documented to be             among the cause of bad breath. Generally, the presence of             these compounds is most noticeable after long periods of             reduced saliva flow and abstinence from food or liquids,             resulting in morning breath. Typically, serious dieters have             the same problem and additionally when in a state of             ketosis, their breath smells like soured juicy fruit gum.             Therefore it is a well-intended extension of the             diet-fiber-water for weight loss to include an ingredient(s)             with proven science to address this condition. Personal             motivation for the ingestion of this functional water may be             more to address bad breath and/or body odors than the             fore-mentioned reasons.         -   b. Nabisco, Inc., (Parsippany, N.J.) U.S. Pat. No. 6,030,605             to D'Ameila et al., issued Feb. 29, 2000, titled: Breath             freshening compositions and methods using them, teaches us             that a physically acceptable zinc compound, including zinc             salts). The preferred zinc compounds for use in accordance             with the present invention are zinc gluconate and zinc             lactate. U.S. Pat. No. 5,405,836 to Richar et al.             (Nabisco®), issued Apr. 11, 1995, titled: Pet foods with             water-soluble zinc compound coating for controlling             malodorous breath, uses a water-soluble zinc coating in pet             foods to control malodorous breath.         -   c. U.S. Pat. No. 5,900,251 to Raissen et al. (Breath             Assure®, Inc., Calabasas, Calif.), issued May 4, 1999,             titled: Internal breath freshener and digestive aid,             provides an herbal or herbal extract for the control and             treatment of breath odors and with the added benefit of             improving digestion. The ingredients selected are ginger,             licorice, chamomile, parsley seed oil, and sunflower seed             oil in a delivery system. Persimmons have been use for the             purpose of addressing foul breath also.         -   d. The most exciting to date and for which the inventor is             including is Champex® by Ricom of Japan, Maypro® US             distributor (NY) is a mushroom derivative which has been             demonstrated to reduce breath, body and fecal odors.             Mushroom (Agaricus bisporus) has enjoyed a long association             with food culture and cuisine throughout the world over the             centuries and it has a long history of being cultivated for             human consumption for more than 2,000 years. In fact, annual             consumption per nation amounted to be approximately 526,060             tons in the USA 220,428 tons in Germany, 139,536 tons in             France. World production of A. bisporus in 1980 was reported             884,000 tons per annum and it is estimated that current             production is over 1,000,000 tons.             -   Given that A. bisporus has been consumed world wide,                 there should be no doubt as to its safety as a daily                 food. The safety of A. bisporus has been confirmed by an                 oral chronic study entitled “Carcinogenicity examination                 of A. bisporus, edible mushroom, in rats”, in which a                 diet containing a 30% dry powder of A. bisporus was                 given to CD rats for 500 days. Champex is made from the                 extract of A. bisporus with other inert natural                 ingredients. Champex, the natural extract derived from a                 white mushroom (Agalicus bisporus) reduces mouth, body                 and fecal odors by suppressing putrid substances in the                 intestine. At the recent study, it has also determined                 that Champex retards the progression of renal failure by                 detoxifying the blood.                 -   i. There are two major causes of mouth odors. One is                     decaying food debris between the teeth, on the                     mucous membrane or in the esophagus. This type                     (odors in the mouth cavity) is generated as time                     elapses. Another is the foul odor that is absorbed                     from the intestinal tract into the blood, then                     breathed out from the lungs as foul breath. In other                     words, foul mouth odors are a mixture of odors from                     the mouth and intestines.                 -   ii. The cause of body odors . . . These odors are                     composed of putrid intestinal chemicals that are                     absorbed into the blood and excreted through the                     sweat glands.                 -   iii. The cause of fecal odors . . . More than 100                     trillion bacteria exist in the intestines. They                     create foul-smelling chemicals by decomposing the                     proteins and fats in ingested foods. Major                     representative putrefaction bacteria are Welch                     bacillus and Escerichia coli, which create such                     foul-smelling chemicals as ammonia, indoles,                     skatoles, triptamine, mercaptan, hydrogen sulfide,                     and amines. Fecal odors originated from the rotten                     odors caused by such putrid chemicals.                 -   iv. Delivering Champex; while encapsulation is not                     always necessary it may be most desirable and                     efficient in larger doses and/or with timed                     releasing activity do to the aforesaid and the to be                     said.                 -   v. Supression of the 3 catagories of odors . . .                     Consumed internally, Champex reacts with                     odor-causing chemicals in the mouth as well as in                     the intestines to suppress foul breath, body odors,                     and fecal odors.                 -   vi. It is also noted that Champex cleans the blood .                     . . Champex suppresses those putrid substances in                     the intestines that are transmitted from the                     intestinal canal into the blood, thereby preventing                     the blood from being tainted.                 -   vii. Physiological activity. Champex reduces                     functional burdens on the kidneys and liver,                     suppressing the progression of renal failure and                     hyperammonemia, while toning and improving them.                     Champex has been determined to suppress the                     progression of renal failure and hepatic                     encephalopathy. It also suppresses the generation of                     active oxygen and the allergen leucotriene, both of                     which are closely associated with disease and aging.                     Champex reduces functional burdens on the kidneys                     and liver, suppressing the progression of renal                     failure and hyperammonemia, while toning and                     improving them. Champex has been determined to                     suppress the progression of renal failure and                     hepatic encephalopathy. It also suppresses the                     generation of active oxygen and the allergen                     leucotriene, both of which are closely associated                     with disease and aging.                 -   viii. Beauty nutrition ingredients . . . Champex                     contains many of the minerals and amino acids that                     people tend to lack these days, as well as glucide                     such as nucleic acid, mannitol, hemi-cellulose that                     act as physiological activators to develop proper                     immunity. Many of these components are unique to                     mushrooms and are considered effective in dissolving                     cholesterol, lowering blood pressure, and bolstering                     immunity against viruses.     -   16. The object of the invention is to present a fiberwater         composition for the removal of toxins from the body, support the         immune for preventative measures, address existing cancer,         simultaneously with hydration: Toxin Cleansing Fiber-Water.         -   a. Two in five people will be affected by cancer at some             stage in their lives. In the US one person dies from cancer             every minute and another 3,000,000 have cancer. Cancer is             not one disease but many, all with some similar features but             all with distinctive characteristics, which varies according             to the cancer's type and location. There are over 200 types             of cancer, but all start in the same way. The control             signals in a normal cell in the body go wrong, resulting in             an abnormal cell. Cells normally divide in a controlled way,             but abnormal cells keep on dividing and dividing and this             forms a lump. This cluster of abnormal cells is called a             tumor. Some tumors are benign, or harmless, and often don't             need treatment. But malignant tumors—the cancers—can spread.             They may be dangerous because they can invade nearby parts             of the body and stop them working properly. Cells from             malignant tumors can break away and travel to other parts of             the body, where they can form new groups of abnormal cells,             called secondary growths. The cells grow and spread and this             varies from person to person.         -   b. Soluble fiber binds to heavy metals and, along with             toxins, removes then from the body.             -   i. High fiber diet can cut cancer risk by 40%: study                 Jun. 26, 2001 London, (Reuters)—A high fiber diet can                 slash the risk of developing deadly cancers by as much                 as 40%, scientists said Saturday. Results from the                 biggest ever study into diet and cancer, involving                 400,000 people from nine countries and presented at an                 international conference in France, showed fiber was                 particularly important in reducing cancer of the colon                 and rectum.” These are the first positive results for                 the benefits of fiber from such a large group. We placed                 400,000 people on the study into five sets according to                 their consumption of fiber,” Professor Sheila Bingham of                 the Dunn Human Nutrition Unit at Cambridge University                 said in a statement released in London.” The group                 eating the most fiber reduced their risk of colorectal                 cancer by as much as 40%,” she added. The findings were                 part of the EPIC (European Prospective Investigation of                 Cancer and Nutrition) study that was reported at the                 European Conference on Nutrition and Care in Lyon,                 France. Medical experts believe up to 30% of all cancers                 in the developed world are associated with nutritional                 factors and could be avoided by better-balanced diets.                 The People are advised to eat five portions of fruit and                 vegetables a day to achieve optimum health and avoid                 cancer. “These finding are important because of the                 sheer scope of the EPIC study. They put fiber firmly                 back on the menu as an important part of a healthy                 diet,” said Professor Gordon McVie, the director general                 of the Cancer Research Campaign, which sponsored                 Bingham's research.                 -   Carcinogenesis and Immune Response in Cancer The                     body is composed of billions of cells, which are all                     subject to free radical damage and mutations caused                     by various carcinogens. Free radicals and                     carcinogens cause cells to become mutated and                     abnormal. The immune surveillance system plays a                     critical role in prevention of cancer by recognizing                     the formation of these abnormal cells. T-cells in                     particular are valuable for their ability to                     distinguish the mutated cells from normal cells.                     Yet, when the immune system is suppressed, the                     mutated carcinoma cells are not recognized by the                     immune surveillance system and the cells grow                     uncontrollably and become cancerous. Cancer cells                     release several kinds of immune suppressive factors,                     which inhibit antigen and macrophage activity.                     T-cells in a suppressed immune system do not                     recognize cancer cells. The suppressed macrophage                     cells fail to produce IL-12 and thus the Th0 cells                     cannot proliferate or differentiate into Th1/Th2                     cells. The suppressed Th1 cells cannot exert their                     anti-tumor effects which include production of IL-2                     and IFN-?. Finally, the anti-cancer immune response                     fails when the proliferation of CTL, LAK or NK cells                     fails. Cancer is a disease of the immune system                     whereby immune suppression allows cancerous cells to                     not be recognized and grow uncontrollably. Thus,                     reversing and restoring the suppressed immune system                     should be a very important part of cancer treatment.                 -   The inventor presents qualified research to show the                     connection between obesity and cancer. As has been                     addressed fiberwater addresses obesity as well as                     demonstrating that soluble fiber binds to toxins and                     removes them from the colon. Now additionally the                     next generation, new and novel fiberwater(s) with                     their viscosity changes and encapsulated                     ingredients.             -   ii. On the connection between obesity and cancer                 Americans Don't Know Obesity Increases Cancer Risk and,                 Researchers Express Alarm at New Survey Findings:                 WASHINGTON, DC—Speaking at a press conference at the                 AICR/WCRF International Research Conference on Food,                 Nutrition and Cancer, Professor W. P. T. James, chairman                 of the International Obesity Task Force, said, “We are                 used to thinking about the obesity epidemic on one hand                 and the cancer epidemic on the other. We need to think                 of them as linked.” A new survey commissioned by AICR,                 however, indicates that although Americans are deeply                 concerned about both obesity and cancer, remarkably few                 are aware of the link between the two. Asked to name                 major risk factors for developing cancer, only 6 percent                 of 1,025 Americans surveyed mentioned overweight and                 obesity. They were more likely to mention exposure to                 certain chemicals (22 percent), high-fat diets (18                 percent), exposure to the sun (18 percent), family                 history (11 percent) and alcohol (7 percent). Later in                 the survey, Americans were read a list of chronic                 diseases and specifically asked which ones are                 significantly affected by overweight and obesity. The                 great majority were able to identify heart disease (89                 percent) and diabetes (86 percent) as conditions made                 more likely by being overweight or obese. Only 25                 percent, however, were aware that overweight and obesity                 increase cancer risk. Citing a report issued by the                 International Agency for Research on Cancer, an agency                 of the World Health Organization, James estimated that                 being overweight and inactive accounts for one-quarter                 to one-third of worldwide cases of breast cancer, colon                 cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer and esophageal                 cancer. “That's somewhere between 102,000 and 135,000                 cases in the U.S. alone,” he said. This link is                 important, James noted. “People need to be aware of it                 if they are to take steps to reduce their risk of                 getting cancer,” he said. Conversely, the rapid increase                 in the number of people who are obese in the U.S. and                 worldwide could have a dire long-term effect on cancer                 rates. Unless people take the necessary steps, James                 said, we are headed for a steep escalation in cancer                 cases. James reported that one billion people are                 overweight (Body Mass Index over 25) and, of that group,                 300 million are obese (Body Mass Index over 30)                 worldwide. According to the Centers for Disease Control                 and Prevention, 61 percent of American adults are now                 classified as overweight or obese and 27 percent are                 considered obese. Conducted between Jun. 27 and Jun. 30,                 2002, the Harris survey entailed polling 1,025 adults                 aged 18 and over, using an unrestricted Random Digit                 Dialing technique that significantly reduces bias and                 ensures that respondents with both listed and unlisted                 telephone numbers are reached. The margin of error for                 the total sample is 3.1 percent. The American Institute                 for Cancer Research (AICR) is the nation's third largest                 cancer charity, focusing exclusively on the link between                 diet and cancer. The Institute provides a wide range of                 education programs that help millions of Americans learn                 to make dietary changes for lower cancer risk         -   c. This inventor, institutions worldwide, private             researchers, as well as The European Conference on Nutrition             and Cancer, is looking at the impact of different types of             food/supplements as related to the disease. The nutritional             support listed are to be considered for those who have been             diagnosed with the disease as well as, or even more so, for             those in which cancer is in their family genetically, and/or             to enhance their chances of avoiding the condition. Using             fiberwater as a base, and with controlling the viscosities             as well, with the dosage released via encapsulations, along             with supportive scientific supplementation given, which by             this invention is protected so as to be stable and             bio-available to the user, the following is a mere             suggestion of such supplementation:             -   i. Commonly known include: Coenzyme Q 10,                 Dimethylglycine (DMG), garlic, Melatonin, Natural Beta                 Carotine or cartenoid complex, Proteolytic enzymes,                 Selenium, Shark Cartledge, Superoxide dismutase (SOD),                 Vitamin A (People with cancer require a higher amount                 emulsion safer at higher doses) Vitamin B Complex,                 Vitamic C with bioflavnoids (promotes the production of                 interferon in the body) Grape Seed extract), Taurine                 (Functions as a foundation for tissue and/organ repair)                 L Carnitine, and more it is important to note that the                 inventor believes that the form of delivery is very                 important to efficacy)             -   ii. Not as commonly known include:                 -   (1) Active Hexose Correlated Compound (AHCC) (Ricom,                     Japan) is an extract of the mycelia from several                     species of basidiomycete mushrooms. It is derived                     from a highly specialized manufacturing process                     allowing for optimal bioavailability (due to its low                     molecular weight).                 -    (a) Research Association symposiums. Clinical                     studies have shown AHCC to significantly increase                     immune response, activate macrophage activity, NK                     and LAK cells, increase production of cytokines                     including TNF-, IFN-, IL-1, IL2, & IL-12. Studies                     show AHCC increases the quality of life for patients                     with: cancer, AIDS, chronic fatigue, and other                     immune disorders. Decreases viral loads by 85% or                     more in Hepatitis C patients (Fred Pescatore, MD in                     NY & TX, and Lawrence Kempf, MD in NY have noticed                     these benefits in as little as 2-3 months.)                 -    (b) AHCC decreases white blood cell reduction and                     anemia seen during chemotherapy.                 -    (c) AHCC restores and reverses a suppressed immune                     status by stimulating and activating the immune                     system and finally wiping out cancerous cells.                 -    (d) The Institute for Genetic Medicine at Hokkaido                     University found that the macrophage population                     harvested from AHCC peritoneal treated rats                     increased twice as much as rats in the control                     group, for both normal rats and in tumor-bearing                     rats. This result demonstrated that AHCC increased                     the proliferation and activation of macrophages.                     (The 4th Symposium of AHCC Research Association,                     June 1997).                 -    (e) In summary, the results of the basic and                     clinical research indicated AHCC is a powerful                     anti-tumor substance, which works by activating and                     enhancing the cells of the immune system. The                     powerful immune regulating effects of AHCC could be                     used in a variety of immune related diseases. Since                     1986, the AHCC Research Association has been                     examining and discussing the effects of AHCC on                     cancer, hepatitis, and ailments involving immune                     dysfunction. Research is now underway at more than                     150 institutes, including national research centers                     and university hospitals in Japan and the US. Each                     year since 1994, over 300 medical doctors and                     researchers have gathered in Sapporo, Japan for the                     AHCC conference. AHCC has been the subject of some                     325 clinical studies conducted at prestigious                     Japanese institutions such as Hokkaido University,                     Kyorin University, and Teikyo University. More                     clinical trials will be completed at Harvard                     University, University of California at Davis,                     Columbia Presbyterian University, Thomas Jefferson                     University, and NY Medical College. Over 700                     hospitals and medical centers in Japan recommend                     AHCC as part of an ongoing immune enhancement                     program.             -   iii. Genistine Concentrated Polysaccharide (GCP) (Amino                 UP Chemical Co., Ltd. Japan) is a natural anti-tumor                 substance. GCP™ is a nutritional supplement made by the                 Amino Up Chemical Company in Sapporo, Japan. It is a                 mixture of a mushroom and soybean extract. Research on                 GCP™ has shown it can reduce prostate cancer cell growth                 and the formation of blood vessels in prostate tumors.                 GCP is a novel functional health additive produced by                 fermination of soybean isoflavone extracts with                 basidiomycetes.         -   d. U.S. Pat. No. 6,410,061 to Moore et al. (Purdue Research             Foundation Lafayette Ind.), issued Jun. 25, 2002, titled:             Tea catechins as cancer specific proliferation inhibitors             abstracts: The invention described herein encompasses a             methods and compositions of treating cancer or solid tumors             comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective             amount of catechins, a group of polyphenols found in green             tea, to a mammal in need of such therapy. Compositions of             catechins include but not limited to, epigallocatechin             gallate (EGCg), epicatechin (EC), epicatechin gallate (ECG),             epigallocatechin (EGC). The unique compositions of the             invention contain various combinations of the catechins,             alone or in combination with each other or other therapeutic             agents and are used to treat primary and metastatic cancers             in humans. The invention also encompasses the varying modes             of administration of the therapeutic compounds.             -   1. The invention described herein encompasses a method                 of treating cancer or solid tumors comprising the                 administration of a therapeutically effective amount of                 catechins, a group of polyphenols found in green tea, to                 a mammal in need of such therapy.             -   ii. In accordance with the present invention, the                 catechins can be used alone or in combination with other                 known therapeutic agents or techniques to either improve                 the quality of life of the patient, or to treat cancer                 or solid tumors. The catechins can be used before,                 during, or after the administration of one or more known                 chemotherapeutic agents, including antitumor agents.             -   iii. In addition, the catechins can be used before,                 during, or after radiation treatment.             -   iv. In another embodiment, the compositions of the                 invention are sterile pharmaceutical compositions                 suitable for intravenous injection or infusion. In                 another embodiment, the invention encompasses a                 composition suitable for oral delivery, comprising                 catechins and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or                 carrier. A preferred embodiment comprises a sustained                 release composition to maintain the circulating levels                 of said composition at a certain minimum level for                 therapeutic efficacy over a specified time period.     -   17. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for addressing general stress: Anti-Stress         Fiber-Water, simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. It is the object of this functional Fiber-water to             provide anti-stress (calming) agents, which can address the             situation as best as possible considering that there are no             known drugs that are able to fundamentally inhibit or reduce             stress. There are drugs, such as anti-anxiety agents and             sleeping pills for temporarily alleviating somatic reactions             when exposed to stress and are considered to be an effective             means of dealing with stress. Also there are various             relaxation techniques for the mind and body which been             proposed as ways of effectively controlling stress so             prevent destruction of the body's homostasis. Stress             disorders and other related disorders are believed to             comprise a condition in which stress destroys the ability to             maintain homeostasis by the body.         -   b. Stress is quite prevalent in modern society, and those             diseases caused by stress, namely somatic disorders as well             as stress disorders such as neurosis and depression, are             increasing. In modern society, people under go various kinds             of stress caused by being exposed to highly advanced and             complicated scientific technology, or drastically changing             social circumstances. Particularly, in the internationalized             and industrialized and computerized society, complex human             relationships are formed, causing mental stress. It has been             reported that a variety of symptoms are caused by mental             stress.             -   It is also recognized that mental stress has a great                 influence on all the systems of the body especially the                 circulatory system. Further stress affects the immune                 system.         -   c. Various drugs have been developed and marketed for this             and overlapping conditions however not with our serious side             effects, acute, chronic or even temporary. They can cause             both physical and psychological dependence. Regular use over             a long period of time may result in tolerance, which means             people have to take larger and larger doses to get the same             effects. When regular users stop using large doses of these             drugs suddenly, they may develop physical withdrawal             symptoms ranging from restlessness, insomnia and anxiety, to             convulsions and death. When users become psychologically             dependent, they feel as if they need the drug to function.             Finding and using the drug becomes the main focus in life.         -   d. Sedative-hypnotics are drugs, which depress or slow down             the body's functions. Often these drugs are referred to as             tranquilizers and sleeping pills or sometimes just as             sedatives. Their effects range from calming down anxious             people to promoting sleep. Both tranquilizers and sleeping             pills can have either effect, depending on how much is             taken. At high doses or when they are abused, many of these             drugs can even cause unconsciousness and death.         -   e. Barbiturates and benzodiazepines are the two major             categories of sedative-hypnotics. The drugs in each of these             groups are similar in chemical structure. Some well-known             barbiturates are secobarbital (Seconal) and pentobarbital             (Nembutal). Diazepam (Valium), chlordiazepoxide (Librium),             and chlorazepate (Tranxene) are examples of benzodiazepines.             A few sedative-hypnotics do not fit in either category. They             include methaqualone (Quaalude), ethchlorvynol (Placidyl),             chloral hydrate (Noctec), and mebrobamate (Miltown). All of             these drugs can be dangerous when they are not taken             according to a physician's instructions.         -   i. Barbiturates are often called “barbs” and “downers.”             Barbiturates that are commonly abused include amobarbital             (Amytal), pentobarbital (Nembutal), and secobarbital             (Seconal).             -   (1) Small amounts produce calmness and relax muscles.                 Somewhat larger doses can cause slurred speech,                 staggering gait, poor judgment, and slow, uncertain                 reflexes. Barbiturate overdose is a factor in nearly                 one-third of all reported drug-related deaths. These                 include suicides and accidental drug poisonings.                 Accidental deaths sometimes occur when a user takes one                 dose, becomes confused and unintentionally takes                 additional or larger doses.             -   (2) With barbiturates there is less difference between                 the amount that produces sleep and the amount that                 kills. Furthermore, barbiturate withdrawal can be more                 serious than heroin withdrawal. These effects make it                 dangerous to drive a car or operate machinery. Large                 doses can cause unconsciousness and death.         -   f. Other sedative-hypnotics which are abused include             glutethimide (Doriden), ethchlorvynol (Placidyl), and             methaqualone (Sopor, Quaalude).         -   g. Methaqualone (“Sopors,” “ludes”) was originally             prescribed to reduce anxiety during the day and as a             sleeping aid. It is one of the most commonly abused drugs             and can cause both physical and psychological dependence.             The dangers from abusing methaqualone include injury or             death from car accidents caused by faulty judgment and             drowsiness, and convulsions, coma, and death from overdose.         -   h. There are also pills manufactured to look like real             sedative-hypnotics and mimic their effects. Sometimes             look-alikes contain over-the-counter drugs such as             antihistamines and decongestants, which tend to cause             drowsiness. The negative effects can include nausea, stomach             cramps, lack of coordination, temporary memory loss,             becoming out of touch with the surroundings, and anxious             behavior.         -   i. Alcohol and sedative-hypnotics taken together, alcohol             can kill. The use of barbiturates and other             sedative-hypnotics with other drugs that slow down the body,             such as alcohol, multiplies their effects and greatly             increases the risk of death. Overdose deaths can occur when             barbiturates and alcohol are used together, either             deliberately or accidentally.         -   j. Babies born to mothers who abuse sedatives during their             pregnancy may be physically dependent on the drugs and show             withdrawal symptoms shortly after they are born. Their             symptoms may include breathing problems, feeding             difficulties, disturbed sleep, sweating, irritability, and             fever. Many sedative-hypnotics pass through the placenta             easily and have caused birth defects and behavioral problems             in babies born to women who have abused these drugs during             their pregnancy.         -   k. The inventor is hopeful that unless absolutely necessary             and under a doctors care the public will turn to more             natural means totally or at least at a first go around.             Foods/beverages by category and then the ingredients in             these products have been have been developed for the purpose             of preventing and reducing stress or fatigue as related to             stress. Typical examples of these include the category of:             -   i. Sports drinks: They do not prevent or reduce stress                 and fatigue directly.             -   ii. Tonics, on the other hand, contain extracts from                 several medical plants in addition to vitamins and amino                 acids. These are expected to have physiological effects                 such as central nervous system stimulation, increased                 blood flow, cardiac effects and activation of endocrine                 system. However, many of the physiological effects of                 these natural drugs are based on old legends, and none                 are known, on a scientific basis, to prevent or reduce                 stress.                 -   (Formulation into a tonic, a concentrate, a                     decoction, an elixir, and/or the like are all to be                     considered as a form of delivery for this invention                     and covered later in this writing.)         -   l. More recently, there have been numerous reports, which             stated that stress affliction, and numerous mental disorders             are all pronounced emotional disorders, indicating research             results that show that these disorders are closely linked             with decreased immunological function of the body. Although             the concept of mental anguish being a cause of illness is             itself quite old, only recently has attention been focused             on this concept in scientific fields as well.         -   m. Considerable immunological research has been conducted on             the relationship between stress and cancer in particular.             However, there are no known specific compounds that inhibit             the onset, and metastasis, of cancer caused by stress.             -   However, long-term efforts will most likely be required                 due to fulfill the social demand as mentioned above,                 which can be taken repeatedly throughout the day and/or                 daily and/or as part of a program without any problems                 with safety, and which can mitigate and hopefully                 prevent mental and physical symptoms caused by stress.         -   n. U.S. Pat. No. 6,410,685 to Masuyama, et al. (Calpis Co.             Ltd., Toyko, JP), issued Jun. 25, 2002, titled: Antistress             agents and functional foods, reports that when one undergoes             stress, angiotensin II increases, and intracorporeal sodium             due to sodium reabsorbancy becomes excess, which causes rise             in blood pressure (Osamu Mobara et al.: Taisha, 28, 2, 323,             1991). Based on such findings, studies have been made on the             effect of enalapril and alacepril, which are angiotensin             converting enzyme inhibitors and used as antihypertensive             agents, on hypertension caused by stress (The American             Journal of Cardiology; 68, 15, 1362(1991), Internal             Medicine; 32, 9, 691(1993)). However, it is considered that             suffering stress not only causes rise in blood pressure, but             also influences various factors to cause stomach ulcer,             ischemic heart diseases, cerebrovascular diseases,             hyperlipemia, or the like. Therefore, though stress is             regarded as one of the causes of hypertension, it is not             believed that the anti-stress effect is achieved merely by             suppressing the rise in blood pressure.         -   o. U.S. Pat. No. 6,265,450 to Asami et al. (Suntory Limited             Osaka JP.) (Itano Foods (Tokushima, J P.), issued Jul. 24,             2001, titled Anti-stress composition presents an anti-stress             composition having for its active ingredient astaxanthin             and/or its ester. This composition can be in the form of a             pharmaceutical, functional food, or beverage and/or so             forth.     -   18. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for regulating mood: Fiber-water for mood         regulations, simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. Soluble fiber is known to moderate the pos-prandial rise             in blood sugar levels, ergo prevent mood swings in those who             tend to have repetitive peaks and valleys in their blood             glucose levels. It is desirable to add additional             ingredients to the fiber-water to enhance this effect.             (moderating moods with small amounts of glucose is             considered invented), however, sometimes just a sweetener             fools the body into believing that there is sugar (aka a             placebo effect) and that is also invented.         -   b. If encapsulated and/or regulations with viscosity (or             both) changes (with or without glucose and/or sweetener) so             that the affect of the fiber and the affect of the viscosity             (be it the property of the fiber or no, or both) and the             “releasability”, differentials of the encapsulations (if             deemed appropriate to this formulation) all serve to present             formulators the delivery variables (delivery systems) which             in turn has the capabilities of making a most desired and             needed product.         -   c. U.S. Pat. No. 6,410,522 to Ruenberg (Heifa,IL), issued             Jun. 25, 2002, titled: Anti-depressant, stress suppressor             and mood improver; calls attention to the present invention             which relates to a composition having an effect of             alleviating symptoms associated with depression and mental             and emotional stress.         -   d. A method for improving symptoms of depression, mental &             emotional stress and mood in a subject in need thereof by             reducing the blood cortisol level and serotonin reuptake in             the brain of said subject, comprising administering an             effective amount of the composition to said subject.         -   e. Herein presented a pharmaceutical or nutritional             composition for treating depression, for suppressing mental             & emotional stress and for improving mood comprising             Phosphatidyl-L-serine and Phosphatidic acid or salts thereof             as the effective ingredients, comprising at least 20% (w/w)             Phosphatidyl-L-serine out of the total phospholipid content             of the composition and at least 3% (w/w) of Phosphatidic             acid out of the total phospholipid content of the             composition, wherein the Phosphatidyl-L-serine and             Phosphatidic acid have a structural fatty acid chain derived             from at least one raw material lecithin selected from the             group consisting of soy bean lecithin, rapeseed lecithin,             and egg yolk lecithin, and which is produced by reaction             with Phospholipase-D.         -   f. As an agent for preventing and mitigating mental and             physical symptoms caused by stress, chemically synthesized             medicaments such as a tranquilizer, an anti-anxiety agent,             and sleeping pills are presently used. However, these             medicaments have habituation and side effect problems, so             that it is not preferable to use them daily for the purpose             of preventing mental and physical symptoms caused by stress.             Accordingly, an anti-stress agent that can be taken             repeatedly and daily without any problems with safety, and             that can mitigate and prevent mental and physical symptoms             caused by stress are desired and are under development.         -   g. For example, there are proposals such as an anti-stress             agent containing as an effective ingredient L-theanine             contained in tea leaves (Japanese Laid-open Patent             Application No. 6-100442), an anti-stress composition             containing imidazole compounds such as anserine, valenine,             n-methylhistidine, or r-methylhistidine         -   h. (Japanese Laid-open Patent Application No. 9-20660), and             anti-stress food containing a composition of glutathione and             antioxidant (Japanese Laid-open Patent Application No.             8-275752).         -   i. There is also a report on stress reducing effect of             fragrance (Fragrance Journal: 1991-11, p 44-49). However,             there has not been reported that a tripeptide has the effect             of mitigating and preventing mental and physical symptoms             caused by stress.         -   j. This inventor believes in aromatherapy and the fact that             certain aromas have be, back to ancient times, associated             with moods. Lavender is especially known to be considered             relaxing and stress     -   19. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition to increase alertness focused on delivering a         stimulating effect: Stimulating Fiber-Water, simultaneously with         hydration.         -   a. Stimulants were a name originally given to several groups             of drugs that tend to increase alertness and physical             activity. The groups include pharmaceuticals such as             amphetamines and the street drugs commonly called “uppers”             or “speed,” and cocaine. (Cocaine's recent notoriety belies             the fact that the drug has been used as a stimulant by             people for thousands of years. Its properties as a stimulant             have led people in the past to use it in a number of patent             medicines and even in soft drinks).             -   i. The more widely abused stimulants are amphetamines                 and cocaine. Cocaine has limited commercial use and its                 sale and possession are strictly controlled.             -   ii. Amphetamines are sometimes prescribed by physicians                 therefore their availability makes them prime candidates                 for misuse. Used properly, amphetamines increase                 alertness and physical ability. They are often                 prescribed to counter the effects of narcolepsy, a rare                 disorder marked by episodes of uncontrollable sleep, and                 to help children with minimal brain dysfunction.                 Amphetamines increase the heart and respiration rates,                 increase blood pressure, dilate the pupils of the eyes,                 and decrease appetite. Other side effects include                 anxiety, blurred vision, sleeplessness, and dizziness.                 Abuse of amphetamines can cause irregular heartbeat and                 even physical collapse. Amphetamines are psychologically                 addictive. Users become dependent on the drug to avoid                 the “down” feeling they often experience when the drug's                 effect wears off. This dependence can lead a user to                 turn to stronger stimulants such as cocaine, or to                 larger doses of amphetamines to maintain a “high”.             -   iii. That boost we get from that morning cup of coffee                 is the result of the caffeine that naturally occurs in                 coffee. Caffeine is a common stimulant and is found not                 only in coffee and tea, but also in soft drinks and                 other foods. It can also be bought over-the-counter in                 tablet form. Too much caffeine can cause anxiousness,                 headaches, and the “jitters.” Caffeine is also addictive                 and a person who abruptly stops drinking coffee may                 experience withdrawal symptoms. HERE COMES CAFFEINATED                 WATER: Caffeinated waters have been on the market for                 several years under such names as “Water Joe” and “H2O                 ZIP” etc., which dispurse the caffeine throughout the                 water. While there are some who sip water, the inventor                 has noticed that when caffeine is in the water the                 drinker tends to guzzle the entire bottle for the “NOW”                 stimulation effect. Coffee drinkers on the other hand                 seem to “sip” which may be due to the fact that it is                 too hot to drink all at once, the same with tea.             -   iv. This inventor perceives that there is a place for a                 stimulant including but not just limited to caffeine,                 yet caffeine is exampled here.             -   v. (1) To have a sustained release form of caffeine it                 is here invented that all or a portion, (some of the                 caffeine be in solution in the fiberwater), of the                 caffeine be encapsulated with one or more release timed                 advantages. Ergo caffeine can be released even over a                 multiple of hours if coated as such.                 -   (2) Further and so invented here is the ability to                     use caffeine fiber-water most advantageous combined                     with fiber-water to support colon motility. Caffeine                     increases colon motility, thus combined with fiber                     and used for a specific condition (gastrointestinal                     track related) this fiber-water caffeine water-like                     drink can have healthy benefits for general and/or                     specific humans and/or animals on a continuous                     regular and/or an as needed basis.         -   b. There are many herbs and/or herbal combination that can             stimulate and act in the same way that the consumer             perceives caffeine to act. Some are thermogenic and speed up             the body's metabolism. Ephedra, and Ma Hung, have both been             used extensively in basically weight loss products and             considered controversial, however Dr. Alan Fleischner,             (reputation: Albert M. Fleischner, Ph.D., has a doctorate in             Pharmaceutical Chemistry from Rutgers University and has had             over thirty years experience in the pharmaceutical industry             with firms such as Schering Corporation, Lehn & Fink             Division of Sterling Drugs, Bradley Pharmaceutical             Corporation, Amerchol Division of CPC and the Goen Group             companies, has a number of published papers and two             previously granted patents and has several patents pending)             in his U.S. Pat. No. 6,420,350 to Fleischner; Albert M.             (Goen Group Inc. Cedar Knolls N.J.), issued Jul. 16, 2002,             titled weight loss product, abstract: Supplement             compositions designed to support weight loss and increase             energy teaches that the combination of ephedrine and             caffeine increases fat loss, maintains muscle mass, prevents             the fall of HDL cholesterol during weight loss, increases             insulin sensitivity, reduces lipogenesis and is safe. With             the addition of glucosamine sulfate, the new and useful             formula is further enhanced.         -   c. U.S. Pat. No. 6,416,806 to Zhou, issued Jul. 9, 2002,             titled: Herbal caffeine replacement composition. This             invention will give the same effect but will not have the             same drawbacks. The invention relates to a caffeine             replacement composition and various food products such as             beverages and the like, which incorporate the same.             -   i. As set forth above, a wide variety of food products                 include caffeine, which is desirable to many people for                 the alertness enhancing affect of the caffeine. In light                 of the well-documented disadvantages of caffeine and                 caffeine addiction, the present invention is intended to                 provide an herbal replacement, which provides similar                 alertness enhancement without the disadvantages.                 Further, compositions are provided as coffee replacement                 compositions, both in concentrated and diluted or                 beverage-strength form, which possess substantially the                 same flavor characteristics as coffee and provide                 substantially similar alertness benefits through a                 combination of herbal extracts selected according to the                 invention.             -   ii. In accordance with the present invention, the two                 critical ingredients to the caffeine replacement                 composition are Ginkgo biloba extract and kudzu extract                 which, in appropriate proportions and ratios to each                 other, serve to advantageously enhance alertness of a                 person consuming same, typically for approximately the                 same period of time as an equal serving of caffeine.             -   iii. Ginkgo biloba is known to provide improved memory                 and cerebral circulation, and is also advantageous as an                 anti-oxidant. However, Ginkgo biloba does not provide                 any rapidly occurring alertness enhancement. Further,                 Ginkgo biloba has a very bitter taste and in high doses                 cannot be tolerated as an ingredient in beverages. For                 example, in a six-ounce beverage, no more than about 20                 milligrams of Ginkgo biloba can be tolerated in terms of                 taste. Kudzu, which is also known as Pueraria, has a                 friendly taste and provides almost instant enhancement                 to alertness. However, this enhancement diminishes                 quickly and, depending upon the dose, can lose effect                 within about one half hour to one hour.             -   iv. It has now been found in accordance with the present                 invention that a combination of Ginkgo biloba and kudzu                 advantageously serves to moderate the bitter flavor of                 Ginkgo biloba, and the combination serves to provide for                 an instant and sustained improvement in alertness. The                 composition according to the invention in typical                 strengths provides for enhanced alertness for about 2 to                 6 hours. This makes the composition surprisingly well                 suited for use as a caffeine replacement in various food                 products, especially in a coffee replacement beverage.     -   20. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition containing nicotine (Nicotine Fiber-Water),         simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. Nicotine is also now delivered in water in a product             called Nico-Water™. Once again it is in solution, and the             drinkers observed consuming this product tend to guzzle the             entire container. Worse they may choose to guzzle             consecutive bottles, as might also occur with caffeinated             water. By encapsulating all, or part of these type of             ingredients we reduce the potential of unwanted side effects             and also moderate the delivery.         -   b. It is well known in the literature that it is beneficial             to take 25 mg. of Vitamin C with every cigarette as nicotine             depletes vitamin C. Ergo we have the invention fiber-water             with nicotine and vitamin C. Again we can time release at             pre-determined intervals and for very similar and/or             different distinctive reasons and advantages             -   i. So invented here is to have a sustained release form                 of nicotine (encapsulated) with one or more release                 timed advantages. Ergo nicotine can be released even                 over a multiple of hours if coated as such. Or some of                 the nicotine may be present in the solution                 (fiberwater), itself while additional nicotine it is                 here invented. Either form may include antioxidants,                 especially Vitamin C to counteract the negative effects                 of the nicotine. The antioxidants may be present in the                 general Fiber-water solution, or encapsulated, or both.         -   c. The inventor calls attention to the following             intellectual properties for which the use of nicotine,             positively, be is physiologically or psychologically             advantageous.             -   The recent discoveries of the benefits of nicotine are                 referenced in the following:             -   i. U.S. Pat. No. 4,953,572 to Rose, et al., issued Sep.                 4, 1990, titled: Method and apparatus for aiding in the                 reduction of incidence of tobacco smoking. This                 intellectual property stresses the potential of nicotine                 poisoning and discusses several techniques, which can be                 used to control the rate of absorption on nicotine by                 the body. The inventor here feels that encapsulation in                 fiber-water alone and/or following the same delivery as                 above described in relation to putting caffeine in                 fiberwater,             -   ii. U.S. Pat. No. 5,810,018 to Monte, issued Sep. 22,                 1998, titled: Method, composition and apparatus for                 reducing the incidence of cigarette smoking calls                 attention to the ability of how to uses nicotine and                 caffeine together in an oral spray device. Quoting                 Monte, “While scopolamine or any other alkaloid or                 stimulant can be utilized in the practice of the                 invention, caffeine is presently preferred because it is                 often less likely than other alkaloids or stimulants to                 become habit forming.                 -   (1). The liquid carrier in the spray solution is                     water, alcohol, or any other desired liquid. The                     liquid carrier is, however, typically an aqueous                     solution. When caffeine is the stimulant utilized in                     conjunction with nicotine, the liquid carrier is                     preferably an alcohol-water mixture because caffeine                     is at its maximum solubility in such a mixture. The                     sequence of solutions preferred in the use of the                     invention gradually decreases the amount of nicotine                     in each solution and increases the amount of                     caffeine. Eventually, a solution is used which                     contains only caffeine and does not contain                     nicotine. Solutions, which contain only caffeine and                     do not contain nicotine do not include a                     sequestering agent and also preferably include                     ascorbic acid, which improves the solubility of the                     caffeine. The amount, by weight, of ascorbic acid                     used is preferably over twice the amount, by weight,                     of caffeine present in the liquid solution”. Using                     fiber-water and nicotine as a program to reduce the                     nicotine craving is if one were to look at a series                     of 10 or more single servings of a product that                     gradually reduced the quantity of nicotine over time                     while also supplying additional nutritional support.                     It is possible to use the encapsulations, with their                     controlled release to gently and progressively be of                     help to those desirous of kicking the nicotine                     habit.             -   iii. There are also other means of addressing nicotine                 withdrawal known in the art. U.S. Pat. No. 4,778,677 to                 Ebbesen, issued Oct. 18, 1988, titled: Method for                 treatment of nicotine craving teaches that a combination                 of glucose, potassium and caffeine may be a method for                 treating the cravings of nicotine.                 -   By using fiber-water as a carrier and other                     supporting nutritional ingredients, particularly in                     the solution fiberwater, with encapsulations in a                     controlled release form, the inventor can present a                     product and/or also an entire program to replace the                     nicotine. Again Vitamin C is important along with                     other antioxidants.     -   21. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for those with fatigue, simultaneously with         hydration: Fatigue reducing Fiber water (also addressing Fatigue         Syndrome (CFS), and/or the symptomology (the general feeling of         fatigue/CFS and not diagnosed).         -   a. The inventor is very aware of fatigue, (tiredness) and             that fatigue comes from and/or is associated with many             conditions, which in some instances are overlapping.             Tiredness is not uncommon to dieters. It can be due to             restricted calories/nutrients and/or both. However there are             many reasons for fatigue such as lack of sleep and/or proper             sleep, stress, a myriad of psychological reasons, and a             myriad of physical conditions. Pain drains energy and causes             exhaustion as another example.         -   b. CFS, which has become an epidemic, is on the rise. Since             this is one of the disorders that require at least 8 (8 oz)             glasses of water everyday fiber-water and ir fiber-water             with additional additives is ideal. In general, in order to             receive a diagnosis of chronic fatigue syndrome, a patient             must satisfy two criteria:             -   i. Have severe chronic fatigue of six months or longer                 duration with other known medical conditions excluded by                 clinical diagnosis, and             -   ii. Concurrently have four or more of the following                 symptoms: substantial impairment in short-term memory or                 concentration, sore throat, tender lymph nodes, muscle                 pain, multi-joint pain without swelling or redness,                 headaches of a new type, pattern or severity,                 un-refreshing sleep, and post-exertional malaise lasting                 more than 24 hours.             -   iii. A variety of vitamin supplements, medications, and                 other substances have been described as having potential                 therapeutic benefits for chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS)                 patients. Since no cause for CFS has been identified,                 the therapies for this disorder are directed at relief                 of symptoms. The physician, together with the patient,                 will develop an individually tailored program that                 provides the greatest perceived benefit, based on some                 combination of the therapies discussed in this section.     -   22. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for relaxation: Relaxing Fiber-Water,         simultaneously with hydration.         -   Fiber-water with additives that can relax, as opposed to             those that stimulate, have their place in the market. This             is especially important to those Type A personalities as             well as those with stress, stressful psychological             conditions, and health challenges. Weight loss and weight             management diets do cause nervousness and stress alone.             Additional nutritional support is most beneficial to our             overstressed population. While there are herbs and other             botanicals that are known to support this specific area of             concern, the inventor is most interested in L-Theonine, or             Theonine, an amino acid derived from green tea. The product             Sun Theonine® by Taiyo is considered the best choice for the             practice of the invention. Due to the somewhat “off taste”             of theonine, especially in higher concentrations, along with             the amount that is desired for effect encapsulations are             ideal.     -   23. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition addressing bowel regularity, simultaneously with         hydration.         -   a. Fiber-water for bowel regularity/maintenance. Fiber is             known to affect the bowels. In fact to most consumers today             there minds still are focused on the fact that fiber effects             bowels. The inventor does acknowledge that this is so, and             that it must be given attention although in the next area             covered, gastro-intestinal tract health, the inventor makes             it clear that she does not wish to go into “more conditions”             and all their definitions. Best to just call attention to:         -   b. In patent literature we are aware of U.S. Pat. No.             4,834,990 to Amer, issued May 30, 1989, titled: Non-dairy             liquid health food. Here we are taught that soluble fibers             include plant gums, plant derivatives such as gum Arabic,             locust bean gum, citrus pectins, logum tragacanth, agar,             carrageenan, xanthan gum and/or other soluble fibers are             beneficial.             -   i. U.S. Pat. No. 5,380,717 to Ohkuma et al., issued Jan.                 10, 1995, titled: Food composite for performing function                 of large bowel regulation and improvement in                 constipation. This patent uses maltodextrins as the                 soluble fiber.             -   ii. U.S. Pat. No. 5,260,279 to Greenberg, Norman A.,                 issued Nov. 9, 1993 (Sandoz now Novartis), titled:                 Enteral nutrition and medical foods having soluble                 fiber. The fibers used here are hydrolyzed guar gum and                 pectin.             -   iii. U.S. Pat. No. 5,558,897 to Goldman, issued Sep. 24,                 1996, titled: Milk Composition containing fiber and                 method for making the same, also uses hydrolyzed guar                 gum.             -   iv. U.S. Pat. No. 6,004,610 to Wang, et al., issued Dec.                 21, 1999 titled Composition of dietary fiber rich and                 low viscosity beverages uses fiber blend with the guar                 gum adding arabinoglactan.     -   24. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition to improve the health of the gastrointestinal tract;         GI FiberWater, simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. Once in the mouth food/beverges/“ingestibles” (regardless             of their constituents) start their journey through the body.             This follows what is called transit time. What we take in             effects the entire organism/body/human/animal.         -   b. The gastrointestinal tract pertains to the mouth, stomach             small and large intestines, colon, rectum, liver, pancreas,             and gallbladder. There are many disorders that can affect             the health of that specific portion. Some are genetic,             others come from the ways in which we treat and/or care for             the body, and some just come as a natural part of the aging             process. Certainly filling this portion with conditions such             as gastritis (inflammation of the stomach lining),             gastroenteritis (inflammation of the mucous lining of the             stomach and the intestines), colitis (inflammation of the             colon), constipation, diarrhea would take volumes. Further             just looking at intestinal support, the “friendly”, bacteria             essential for digestion and/or the metabolism of certain             nutrients speak volumes.         -   c. Earlier in this writing the inventor pointed out the             70,000,000 people in the US alone who have gastric upset. It             is almost beyond imagination, if we look at the entire             digestive system and break it down (matrix style), what             numbers we would come up with who have needs, desires,             challenges and so forth. Sometimes even more than one. (this             can be addressed with the ingestion of a daily preset             program by a professional and/or by the individual making             personal selections for himself/user be they human or             animal.         -   d. In noting the just said it is not important to deviate             anymore than with the examples already given from this             invention. So, while many ideas and suggestions have been             noted/covered, and even by topics such as condition being             addressed (chronic or acute/temporary/permanent), age of the             user, etc., the essence of the patent is using the invention             fiber-water (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390) as the foundation             delivery system for adding/fortifying enhancing agents             (other delivery vehicles (encapsulations) and/or vehicles             (viscosity {s} to manipulate the delivery receiving site and             rate.         -   e. The inventor calls attention to U.S. Pat. No. 6,120,803             to Wong et al. (Alza Corp. Palo Alto Calif.), issued Sep.             19, 2000, titled: Prolonged release active agent dosage form             adapted for gastric retention abstracts the present             invention which is directed to an active agent dosage form             which is adapted for retention in the stomach and useful for             the prolonged delivery of an active agent formulation to a             fluid environment of use. The active agent dosage form is a             polymer matrix that swells upon contact with the fluids of             the stomach. A portion of the polymer matrix is surrounded             by a band of insoluble material that prevents the covered             portion of the polymer matrix from swelling and provides a             segment of the dosage form that is of sufficient rigidity to             withstand the contractions of the stomach and delay             expulsion of the dosage form from the stomach until             substantially all of the active agent has been dispensed.         -   f. This patent goes beyond, what is considered             “encapsulations” by further controlling release rates into             the stomach and then following the trickling down effect.             Taking this to the next level it is conceived that within             this matrix are encapsulations which then can drop and do             their job farther down the GI tract in combination with the             below information provided by the “Alza” patent.         -   g. Controlled release dosage forms that provide for             prolonged delivery of active agent formulations to the             environment of use have found application for increasing             numbers of active agents. However, with respect to             pharmaceutical and veterinary active agent formulations,             there has been a need not only to provide for prolonged             delivery of the active agent over time, but also to provide             prolonged delivery of the active agent at a particular             location or locations in the environment of use, such as in             the stomach.         -   h. Certain active agents are absorbed primarily from the             small intestine. Generally, the time of passage of different             particles through the small intestine does not vary             significantly, and passage is generally independent of food             intake and particle size. Thus, active agent dissolved in             liquid, solid active agent dispersed in liquid and             relatively larger delivery units of active agent, such as             microcapsules and the like, will traverse the length of the             small intestine in substantially the same time frame,             usually about 3-5 hours. For active agents that are not             easily absorbed by the small intestine or that do not             dissolve readily, the window for active agent absorption in             the small intestine may be too short to provide a desired             therapeutic effect. This fact often creates a need for             frequent dosing of active agent in order to provide and             maintain adequate levels of active agent in blood plasma.             The need for frequent dosing presents compliance problems             and is often inconvenient for the user as well.         -   i. Since it has been found difficult to alter the transit             time of active agent through the small intestine, some             emphasis has been placed on attempting to control the             transit time of active agents in the stomach. Most active             agents are not well absorbed in the stomach, but even in             those instances where the active agent is not well absorbed,             the continuous release of active agent in the stomach over a             prolonged time period will dispense active agent over that             same period of time to the small intestine where it can be             absorbed.     -   25. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for those experiencing pain: Pain         Addressing/Relieving Fiber-Water, simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. There are many conditions for which the body experiences             pain so this is just to serve as an isolated window to             understand what a very valuable product in the consumer             marketplace world-wide it would be to have a fortified             fiber-water to address pain, in general, and/or by specific             categories.         -   b. Stress exacerbates pain in most every situation. It is             important in fibromylgia, as well as other stress related             diseases to reduce the stress. When some people, and/or             animals are sick or are in pain they refuse to eat or drink.             It is at these times that hydration is essential. (a             discussion relating to a stress reduction             fiberwater/relaxing fiber-water is in the context of this             filing)             -   Fibromylgia, by some professionals, been deemed to be                 closely related to chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS).                 Additional symptoms of this chronic condition may                 include sleep problems numbness and/or tingling,                 irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) etc., which all can be                 considered in any formulation and/or a derivative of                 that formulation.         -   c. The constant drinking (sipping) of water with the fiber             to speed the elimination of toxins and toxic metals is             ideal. With the addition of glucose to normalize the blood             glucose level patients may feel more “even”, and more             relaxed.         -   d. With the further addition of a natural relaxant that is             water-soluble such as theonine, could be of great benefit to             patients with arthritis both rheumatoid and osteo as both             conditions are painful. (Note: that theonine comes from             green tea and the fact that the drinkers sip, and many times             multiple cups throughout the day it may have a cumulative             effect in this manner.         -   e. The inventor, throughout all these enhanced fiber-waters             acknowledges the “cumulative effect” as opposed to bolus             dosing, regardless if it is a prescriptive, nutraceutical,             dietary supplement and/or the like.             -   i. The inventor calls attention to Nonsteroidal                 Antiinflammatory Drugs: These drugs may be used to                 relieve pain. Some are available as over-the-counter                 medications. Examples include naproxen (Aleve, Anaprox,                 Naprosen), ibuprofen (Advil, Bayer Select, Motrin,                 Nuprin), and piroxicam (Feldene). These medications are                 generally safe when used as directed, but can cause a                 variety of adverse effects, including kidney damage,                 gastrointestinal bleeding, abdominal pain, nausea, and                 vomiting. The inventor believes that delivered in a                 liquid medium such as fiber-water and/or enhanced                 fiber-water will potentate the pain addressing effect of                 the medication and at the same time assure that plenty                 of fluids are simultaneously taken so as to avoid many                 of the side effects of “that pill sitting in the                 stomach” with too little fluid.             -   ii. Other supplements of value for CFS maybe in the form                 of Vitamins, Coenzymes, Minerals, such as; adenosine                 monophosphate, coenzyme Q-10, germanium, glutathione,                 iron, magnesium sulfate, melatonin, NADH, selenium,                 1-tryptophan, vitamins B12, C, and A, and zinc.             -   iii. Plants are known sources of pharmacological                 materials. Herbal preparations that have been claimed to                 have benefit to CFS patients include: astralagus, borage                 seed oil, bromelain, comfrey, echinacea, garlic, Ginkgo                 biloba, ginseng, primrose oil, quercetin, St. John's                 wort, and Shiitake mushroom extract. Some herbal                 preparations, notably comfrey and high-dose ginseng,                 have recognized harmful effects, ergo low dose and                 continuous supplementation is advocated.             -   iv. All the above points to a very valuable product in                 the consumer marketplace world-wide     -   26. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for experiencing gout, simultaneously with         hydration.         -   a. Gout, which is a form of arthritis, is a specific             condition for which water is essential. It is critically             important to dilute the urine and promote the excretion of             uric acid. In fact it is recommended by Anne Simmons M.D.             that individuals with gout consume 8 oz. of water with each             meal and at least 8 oz. between each meal and after supper.             -   i. If overweight it is essential to loose those extra                 pounds and therefore diet fiber-water-glucose is ideal.                 (Weight loss reduces uric acid levels)             -   ii. Gout can lead to kidney stone formation and must be                 taken seriously             -   iii. All the above points to a very valuable product in                 the consumer marketplace world-wide.     -   27. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for those experiencing depression: Mood         Elevating and/or Anti-depression Fiber-Water, simultaneously         with hydration.         -   a. By the year 2020, depression is projected to become the             second most common cause of disability among persons of all             ages and both genders worldwide. In any given one-year             period, 9.5 percent of the population, or 18.8 million             American adults, suffer from some form of depression. Women             in the U.S. experience depression about twice as often as             men. Women buy more bottled water than men.         -   b. Regardless of the cause of depression it can cause a             slowdown of the entire digestive track. Therefore specific             fibers may be called for to help counteract this along with             other constituents (especially water).         -   c. There are pharmaceuticals with address depression such             as: serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as fluoxetine             (Prozac), sertraline (Zoloft), and paroxetine (Paxil);             venlafaxine (Effexor); trazodone (Desyrel); and bupropion             (Wellbutrin).         -   d. One of the additional ingredients used today is St. Johns             Wort. It is far better, and with less side effects than             taking prescription drugs. In fact this herb has been called             a natural Prozac. However the public by and large does not             know how to take this herb. It is essential that St. Johns             Wort, as is true with many herbs, it must be taken daily and             throughout the day whereby over time benefits are             recognized.         -   e. Sam-e             -   In a nutshell, SAM-e (short for s-adenosylmethionine) is                 formed from the essential amino acid methionine and                 adenosine triphosphate (ATP). SAM-e can be found in                 every living cell, and is a methyl donor in over 100                 different reactions catalyzed by methyltransferase                 enzymes. Via enzymatic transmethylation, SAM-e plays a                 role in the formation, activation, or metabolism of                 neurotransmitters, hormones, proteins, and                 phospholipids.             -   As a mood enhancer, SAM-e functions by donating its                 methyl group to CNS acceptors through transmethylation                 and increases the activity of neurotransmitters like                 dopamine and serotonin. It also improves receptor                 function linked to phospholipid methylation.                 -   i. SAM-e is shown to be an effective antidepressant                     without the side effects often associated with                     several prescription treatments such as weight gain,                     dry mouth, loss of libido, insomnia, etc.                 -   ii. SAM-e is shown to reduce depressive symptoms in                     as little as 7 days                 -   iii. SAM-e levels in the blood increase in relation                     to the degree of mood improvement in depressed                     patients, regardless of the type of treatment                 -   iv. SAM-e is shown to be effective in reducing or                     relieving the signs and symptoms of postpartum                     psychological distress                 -   v. SAM-e is shown to be effective in treating                     depressed postmenopausal women                 -   vi. SAM-e is shown to be effective in reducing                     prolactin levels in depressed patients—high                     prolactin levels are associated with decreased                     libido                 -   vii. SAM-e is shown to be effective in treating                     depression in patients with Parkinson's disease                 -   viii. SAM-e is shown to be effective in treating                     depression in patients with HIV                 -   ix. Thus fiber-water-glucose is ideal. If to make                     the most tasteless and effectual product possible                     the science of encapsulations might best serve this                     purpose.                 -   x. All the above points show that this variation                     alone can be a most valuable and profitable product                     in the consumer marketplace in the United States,                     world-wide as well as the inventor is looking at the                     approximate 18,000,000 Americans suffering from                     depression alone (non related to any specific                     condition as exampled with those above (under Sam-e                     which are HIV positive, Parkinson's, Women who are                     post-partum, and also women who are                     post-menopausal)).                     Conclusion Statement as Related to Health Issues

There are a myriad of other specific health conditions that can be addressed by putting additives into fiber-water ergo creating new and novel fiber-waters with the enhanced deliver systems. Fiber-water, and now delivering additives, using the versatility of these deliver systems within the invention, namely encapsulations and viscosity changes. Ingredients can be delivered through water with fiber(s) and the conditions to be addressed categorically are huge. Besides what is listed here the following are to be included as thoughts but not just limited to these: allergies, headaches, eye problems, PMS, menapause, Lupus, MS, MD, cancers, Menieres, Raynauds, shingles, Wilsons, celiac, those easily bruised, parasite and yeast infections, edema, and more . . .

Segmentations of Markets by Age:

Focus of The inventor is most focused in the next section on children, as they grow from babies through maturing teenagers, as well as the needs of pregnant and/or lactating mothers eventually our aging population known most commonly as seniors. The inventor notes the following:

Infants also have distinct fiber requirements. Until recently, no specific guidelines for dietary fiber in children were available. Recommendations have recently been developed, based on age, weight and height of the child. It is now recommended that children older than two years consume a minimum amount of fiber equal to the age plus five grams a day. The recommended safe dose is between this and age plus ten grams a day. Above that symptoms of excess fiber (e.g., loose stool) may become apparent.

It is the intent of the inventor to provide in addition to various grades of fiber-water the enriched fiberwater, which will serve the basic fiber-water intent, and then magnify/amplify additional added benefits.

Since infants and small children are generally unable to directly tell us of their digestive distress, constipation and other results of inadequate fiber are often exhibited as fussiness or similar undesirable behavior. (This is especially true when infants are just being weaned from fiber-free milk to a fiber containing diet. There can be significant advantage to providing a fiber source in the water along now with additional specifically designed functional additives to be consumed by the infant).

Infants and many small children cannot tell us of their feelings either but they learn quickly that if they cry know if they cry Because infants have a constant requirement (not necessarily a desire) for water, the addition of fiber-water with the enhancements to the typical diet can provide a more constant, even source of nutrition and condition addressing additives while ensuring adequate hydration and fiber given.

Further the use of fiber-water can ensure adequate fiber without adding significant calories—an inevitable consequence of other fiber sources. Consistent dietary fiber can provide for a “more even” operation of the infant's digestive tract while the additives and the viscosity changes serve their purpose. In contrast, a more traditional infant diet that alternates between low fiber formula and high fiber adult foods may have, as an example, an uneven or cramping effect.

A useful amount of soluble fiber is ¼-1 gram per 8 oz (considerably lower concentration than for the adult fiber-water).

Sometimes we don't think that babies and young children have stress in their lives also. Changes in custodial care, baby sitters, new sibling (s), and/or a step-parent, changes due to normal childhood illnesses, colds, flu, teething, fever, measles, mumps, chicken pox, etc. While these illnesses may not be the direct cause of constipation they may be the indirect cause. With illness come changes in eating, sleeping, behaviors, and habits. Travel—when a babies environment is changed, from going to grandparents to international travel, sensitivities to the new, can throw off a system that is used to regularity. International travel bears with it the dehydration of long hours on an airplane etc. The future holds even more stressing travel such as space travel. Dysfunctional homes where there is divorce, alcoholism, family abuse etc., may be noted in the babies, or young child's, refusal to eat, defecate, crying spells etc.

Water probably can be given as early as one month, although usually started between 2-4 months after birth. Fiber-water with the added nutrients and their delivery methodology further can serve as a great pacifier and satisfy the babies need to suck and/or be fed. This is especially valuable during off feeding hours: or in place of hard plastic and/or rubber pacifiers that may cause harm.

Of major importance is the fact that many babies who are given water are given water that is unsafe. This invention insures that the water is safe. Diarrhea, which is often caused by contaminated water supplies, can be life threatening to infants. Therefore, there are great advantages to using safe bottled water for any infant and/or infant formula, etc. In the case of the fat baby this invention may well do more than provide a low or non caloric-hydrating agent. The soluble fiber in fiber-water alone without additives (such as increasing the viscosity) has been show to slow the absorption of fats and sugars (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,505,981).

At every stage of life, fiber is vital to proper health, growth and development. Infants and toddlers require a regular and controlled source of fiber as well as other nutrients. After babies cease to breast-feed or use liquid formulas and move on to more varied adult solid foods, they often suffer a number of painful digestive episodes which makes them fussy and difficult. Because fiber-water, itself, and with this invention provides an ideal source of hydration, fiber, and other additives for such infants, it may be added to commercial formulas and/135-1 or used alone.

Therefore, not only does it ensure adequate hydration, it also provides a consistent fiber source to guarantee regularity. It should be kept in mind that typical commercial baby foods may vary widely in the amount of fiber provided and also the nutrition they provide generally yet alone when specifics are called for. This invention provides an opportunity to lay the foundation of good habits and additionally, it may be beneficial to add to commercial baby food if deemed appropriate.

As the infant becomes a toddler and moves towards more a more adult diet, the requirement for fiber and other additives increases and/or changes and this inventor is sensitive to that.

-   -   28. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for babies, Enhanced Baby Fiber-Water,         simultaneously with hydration.         -   At certain times babies want to be fed more frequently than             at other times. This could be due to growth spurts, the good             feeling of mother (using mother as a sort of pacifier),             and/other possibilities including but not limited to illness             etc. There it is important to have an alternative yet             healthy addition and/or substitution for the breast/bottle.         -   Fiber-water is an excellent choice but in this invention             where we go beyond the inventor lists some additional             enhancements using encapsulations, viscosity changes or a             combination of both.         -   a. Babies who are hungry all the time and/or need oral             gratification can now have a slightly thicker fiber-water             whereby they have to draw harder on the nipple (although the             nipple hole can be enlarged) which will not just give them a             feeling of fullness but will tire their little mouth and jaw             muscles.         -   b. In order to get a well-balanced nutritional delivery to             babies who are not breast fed formula is used (or in             combination with breast feeding). While this is desirable             and important often nutrition is needed without the calorie             contributing additions. By encapsulating             (micro-encapsulating) supportive health additives, with or             without viscosity changes, and/or with or without a small             addition of glucose, a baby can receive beneficial nutrition             to support development.             -   i. Calcium is a good example and can be added to the                 enhanced fiber-water, with or with out viscosity changes                 and/or encapsulations. (Babies, and through about age                 three (3), 500 mg. of calcium is needed daily)             -   ii. Fluoride for the eventual eruption of teeth             -   iii. Doctors prescriptives             -   iv. Any enriched fiberwater may be used in any                 proportion to dilute, augument a formula.                 -   Additionally, there have been many new discoveries                     in more than just nutritionally enhancing infant                     formula. U.S. Pat. No. 6,399,090 to Shehadeah,                     Insotech, (IL), issued Jun. 4, 2002, Again it is                     important to notice the effect that sodas, and                     drinks which are extremely high in sugar, have                     negative effects on the body. Further, giving                     children so much sugar at an early age sets up their                     taste buds to crave sweets and therefore select more                     sugary foods. It is also noted that excess amounts                     of sugar on a continuous basis at an early age can                     set the metabolism towards a diabetic-prone posture                     later in life. Hyperactivity along with other                     unfavorable conditions in children has been caused                     by an over load of sugar laden foods and beverages                     that act like “liquid candy”. Fruit juices are also                     very high in sugar, although they may contain a                     different kind of sugar. Even those new age                     beverages with their fancy names and deluxe                     packaging, for the most part, are mostly sugar                     water.             -   v. U.S. Pat. No. to Shehadeah, Insotech, (IL) titled:                 Insulin supplemented infant formula teaches an infant                 formula in a powder or solution form including those                 important nutritional components along with an insulin                 supplement. According to one aspect of the present                 invention is such that when the infant formula is fed to                 an infant a chance of the infant of developing diabetes                 is reduced. (wherein said insulin is in a concentration                 range of about 1,000 to 100,000 micro units/100 ml of                 solution or 8,000 micro units/100 grams of powder)     -   29. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for toddlers and young children,         simultaneously with hydration.         -   The inventor again must remind the reader of her adversity             to sugar. Again it is important to notice the effect that             sodas, and drinks which are extremely high in sugar, have             negative effects on the body. Further, giving children so             much sugar at an early age sets up their taste buds to crave             sweets and therefore select more sugary foods. It is also             noted that excess amounts of sugar on a continuous basis at             an early age can set the metabolism towards a diabetic-prone             posture later in life. Hyperactivity along with other             unfavorable conditions in children has been caused by an             over load of sugar laden foods and beverages that act like             “liquid candy”. Fruit juices are also very high in sugar,             although they may contain a different kind of sugar. Even             those new age beverages with their fancy names and deluxe             packaging, for the most part, are mostly sugar water.         -   a. It has been documented that soluble fiber is important             for children of all ages. Now with the next level of             development of fiber-waters one can readily see the value of             a line extension for this age group and further considering             this to be a very valuable product in the consumer             marketplace world-wide.         -   b. Additions for young children would include calcium (ages             4-8 years 800 mg. is recommended and 9 years upward 1,200             mg. is the recommendation. The just said is just one example             of a value added enriched-fiberwater for children.         -   c. Other than growing healthy, addressing health challenges             such as illness and disease there are other conditions that             are considered. Over and over literature is replete,             addressing concentration by school age children. While some             of them have been diagnosed as having Attention Deficit             Disorder (ADD) others as hyperactive, diet is believed to             play an important role.         -   d. By the caretaker/mother becoming more aware of the             essential needs, on a daily basis for water and fiber and             good nutrition it is the hope of this inventor that this             awareness will continue, and pass to the child who             eventually will make part then in total his/her own choices             and decisions as he or she grows and develops. It may also             be noted that the father, possible siblings along with other             family members and friends become more aware of this             invention, and so by this invention it is the goal of this             inventor to create healthier people.         -   e. While enhanced fiber-water may be packaged in any             container and under the conditions designated by             governmental health standards the inventor considers the             packaging of such fiber-water and/or an enhanced formulation             for children, especially young children, to be packaged in             flexible pouches or laminate boxes for several reasons,             including the dangers of glass containers, or the less             likely to spill of a wide mouth cup. Additionally, the child             is less likely to put potentially dangerous ingredients             and/or small objects into a wide-mouth drinking container             thus creating potential dangers in swallowing the just             mentioned.         -   f. As with any fiber-waters, it is advantageous to provide             the infant and child (any age) fiber-waters in a number of             strengths so that the amount of fiber administered can be             readily monitored and appropriately adjusted on an             individual basis. Again, it may be advantageous to add             identifying color so that it is clear to the             parent/caregiver (or the user) precisely which grade of             fiber-water is being used. In the case of children             especially, (actually anyone) the color may be so inherently             appealing therefore may mitigate in favor of using             transparent packaging so that the child can appreciate the             color of the fiber-water being consumed. A popular noted             expression has to do with fooling the eye (trompe-l'oeil)             and here the inventor believes that color is distracting,             especially very vivid, and may override taste.         -   g. It is also conceivable that if the container is not             transparent that a transparent straw may show the color, or             that specific graphics and/or color on the container will             relate to the strength (apart from the aesthetic appeal of             the color or graphics).     -   30. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for teenagers simultaneously with         hydration.         -   a. The importance of creating a fiber-water with additives             for teenagers cannot be overlooked. This is especially true             if they have significant health issues. The inventor would             be remiss if she did not at least mention this concern about             what this age group consumes. This age group, in their             search for their independence, are most inclined to make             their own selections, and additionally much of their             drinking is away from home. They are most influenced by             media and peers. A strong effort should be made to provide             color, essences, and packaging to address this age group in             their language.         -   b. Teenagers especially are known not to eat much fiber             and/or to hydrate with water. Many times they skip meals,             especially breakfast, and so with the drop in blood sugar             they cannot function well in school. On the opposite end of             the spectrum teenagers consume too much sugar. (see obesity             and diabetes) Many behavior problems are due to too much             sugar and/or too little glucose. Schools now allow students             to keep a container of water at their desk. Fiber-water             and/or this invention is most suitable/perfect for those             students. Specific areas of concern for this population             includes, but is not limited to the following.         -   c. Pimples and acne are embarrassing and cause much stress.             While some 85% of teenagers between 12 and 25 experience             acne most outgrow the condition over time. Pimples and acne             are not just a condition of the teenagers, but some 10% of             Americans between 25 and 44 have the same problem. Several             population studies suggest that eating more fiber can help             with this condition by improving the conditions within the             body and eliminating toxins.             -   i. For those with acne zinc has been shown to have a                 significant benefit. In one study people who took 135                 milligrams of zinc everyday for 12 weeks saw 85% of                 their blemishes disappear. Zinc works by reducing blood                 levels of the male sex hormone dihdrostestosterone                 (DHT). Small amounts of zinc added to the invention and                 with multiple bottles of water consumed daily so as not                 to exceed 30 milligrams of zinc daily (without doctors                 permission) it is conceivable that there could be a                 reduction in blemishes.             -   ii. Eczema, a serious skin condition, has been known to                 be helped by the regular addition of zinc to the daily                 diet.             -   iii. All the above points to a very valuable product in                 the consumer marketplace world-wide     -   31. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for seniors and looking at the anti-aging         market, simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. While there has been a great focus in relation to             children and the younger generation, this invention no way             limits itself to that marketplace. Infants, young children             teenagers pose need/desire/compliance friendly challenges             and the aging population, senior citizens, “seniors”             another. As related to seniors:             -   i. Aging seniors who do not want to take so many pills,                 etc,             -   ii. With aging comes the loss of ones thirst mechanism                 ergo seniors may not get enough hydrating liquid.             -   iii. Many seniors are use to bottled products ergo                 recognition (just as they do with in tea bags under the                 inventors PCT) So herein lies the opportunity to add all                 the extra benefits, to fiber-water governed under this                 invention to the just mentioned familiar bottle, can,                 pouch box and/or the like . . . easily recognizable                 object.             -   iv. Now it is not only possible, but often desirable, to                 use this invention. As a psychological advantage, a                 patient might not feel as if they are so ill as when                 they have to take so many medications. Also whereas if                 they were directed by a health care professional to take                 a pill, they would not do so and/or pretend to do and                 hide, or flush it down the toilet, etc. just like a                 child. While the inventor believes that information is                 important many just can't absorb it and become fearful,                 especially the aging. To prevent confrontation and                 tension in this age group as well, care-givers hope for                 delivery systems, in which there is the opportunity to                 mask not just the taste but the active ingredient(s) so                 as to reduce questioning by the patient. The inventor                 has first hand experience with her 91 year-old Mother in                 relation to on going cardiovascular, urinary,                 depression, problems needing attention daily.         -   b. Using further, seniors have problems often times with             gastric upset and other digestive disorders whereby in the             wrong from and/or too much entering the stomach too quickly             without adequate fluid may be problematic.     -   32. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for those participating in strenuous         activities/athletics Sport Fiber-Water Snapshot™, simultaneously         with hydration.         -   a. It is conceivable that their be a formula with, and one             without, glucose that may have encapsulations, viscosity             changes, and/or both. Minerals largely make up the isotonic             meaning and they really do not, for the most part taste good             and/or may, in some forms be taste acceptable but not in the             form most desired for this intention         -   b. Several decades ago French scientists formulated the             hypothesis that fatigue is caused by inefficient energy             metabolism at the cellular level. They believed that             enriching the cellular environment with the appropriate             substrates and co-factors could promote greater metabolic             efficiency and thereby reduce the subjective symptom of             fatigue. The potassium and magnesium salts of aspartic acid             were considered ideal for this purpose.             -   i. Potassium is involved in energy metabolism and in                 repolarization of muscle cells.             -   ii. Magnesium is required for synthesis of ATP and it                 also enhances transport of potassium into cells.             -   iii. Aspartic acid (AA) is converted intracellularly, in                 a series of steps, into oxaloacetate, an important                 substrate in the energy producing Krebs cycle. Potassium                 and magnesium aspartates thus appear to provide several                 essential co-factors for energy production.         -   c. Designing a sports form with fiber-water as the base will             rely on encapsulations, viscosity changes (and maybe more             than one) and the importance of hydration.             -   i. There is much supporting science documenting isotonic                 beverages and that science is to be considered when                 formulating here.             -   ii. Further what is known is that it is important to                 keep up the blood glucose and extend by encapsulations                 and/or with the fiber(s) used/blended the post-prandial                 rise in the just said.             -   iii. The formulations may be divided into gender                 specific products and/or by weight and/or by age.             -   iv. The formulation may be mixed in any ratio with a                 Ready to Drink Sports Drink, such as Powerade® Gatorade®                 All Sport® etc. This may be a way to formulate for                 individual who weigh less and/or are younger.         -   d. While it would be very intense if Sports FiberWater was             added to reconstitute a powdered formulation of the just             said, or another in the category by having ingredients             encapsulated for later/delayed time release this would             prevent the “all at once” dosing upon drinking.         -   e. It is also possible to use any ratio of this enhanced             fiber-water, pure water and the concentrate to form a custom             drink. This allows the consumer to have a broad range of             choice as is evident         -   f. All the above points to a very valuable product, and spin             off products, in the sports drink category, which is of             major importance in the consumer marketplace world-wide     -   33. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition designed for pregnant mothers, “Mama to Be”         Fiber-Water, simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. In pregnancy nutrients, hormones, toxins can have a             profound effect. Folic acid has been shown, as an example of             a vitally important nutrient in pregnancy to prevent a             significant reduction of neural tube difficulties including             spina biffida. Folic acid needs to be present at the moment             when an embryo's cells curve over one another to create the             neural tube. 400 micrograms is what is recommended and as             experts advise should be a daily supplement for every woman             of child-bearing age.         -   b. In the first 12 weeks of pregnancy is critical to have             more than the required 8 glasses of water. The current             recommendation is 10 glasses.             -   i. Mothers-to-be sometimes suffer from nausea and                 vomiting. It is important to be sure to replace with                 water if fluids are lost. This is also true to some                 degree with the addition of a small amount of glucose                 especially if the mother-to-be is vomiting extensively                 as glucose levels are affected by vomiting. A special                 diet-fiber-water-with glucose for pregnant women who                 need to increase their water and fiber intake along with                 foods to support both maternal and fetal needs and                 ensure a healthy baby and mother.         -   c. It is also most critical to remove toxins on a regular             basis for her health and the health of her yet to be born             baby. The fiber-water invention will aid in the removal of             such toxins. Further, with the addition of small amounts of             glucose to the water and fiber we can best assure the             “evenness” of blood glucose levels for both mother and fetus             as mentioned. Of specific importance to pregnant and then             lactation mothers is a strong immune system, the expediting             of the removal of toxins from the body. It is very important             to give the pregnant mother natural ingredients that will             accomplish the just mentioned without the addition of             chemicals for, more than, obvious reasons.         -   d. All the above points to a very valuable product in the             consumer marketplace world-wide     -   34. The object of the invention is to present a fiber-water         composition for lactating mothers, simultaneously with         hydration.         -   Breast feeding fiber-water for new Mothers.         -   a. Specific water for lactation is important to provide             nutrients to the newborn through breast milk and for the             care of the mother postpartum. Women who are breast-feeding             need to drink fluids especially safe water. Since both with             pregnancy and lactation the mother is usually somewhat             restricted in exercise the soluble fiber enrichment becomes             even more significant, especially if ingested regularly as             suggested throughout the day and on a regular basis.         -   b. There are mothers who use a breast pump to extract the             breast milk for later feeding. This may take on a new             position if one looks carefully at combining said breast             milk with fiber-water and/or an enhanced fiberwater with             specific intents such as: enhancing nutrition addition             hydration cutting down on calories         -   c. All the above points to a very valuable product in the             consumer marketplace world-wide as noted by all the children             being born, and the continued belief that breast milk offers             many benefits that a commercial formula doesn't . . . most             important is the immune enhancing abilities.     -   35. Object of the Invention is to present a series of Animal and         Pet Products, simultaneously with hydration.         -   a. Animals, mostly domestic pets, are often forgotten when             it comes to supplying, as an example, healthier             alternatives. This is not always intentional especially with             tight budgets and time restrictive schedules of “working”             owners or in the case of large families etc. The ability to             bring to market products just for human consumption alone is             most difficult yet alone for pets and/or other animals. Then             too it is noticed how many individuals take better care of             their animals than they do themselves.         -   b. Animals, especially personal pets, and additionally all             the “aid dogs” (for the blind, police K9 dogs,) etc. are a             major part of our society bringing help, joy, pleasure,             companionship, etc. to the lives of young and old alike.         -   c. Some pets have become so much a part of the family that             they even sleep in the same bed, travel with, and/or the             like with their owners. Further, now pets are even being             brought into hospitals and other institutions to visit             patients.         -   d. Pet health is very important, however at the same time it             is big business. As a business, and to bring to the             marketplace well-studied ethical nutritional products one is             faced with many of the same problems that face the people             population. Sometimes even more, because there are many             categories, which compose the annual kingdom, and this             invention is not limited to what is normally considered             being just the ordinary household pet.         -   e. While it is true that pets might have some fickle tastes             along with individual preferences when it comes to their             food they still need nutrition and care in relation to             specific conditions.         -   f. To get medication including but not limited to even some             vitamin preparations one only has to look at what it takes             to get this into a pet. Pills have been buried in bits of             food more often than not. Besides it is very difficult to             offer a trip to Disneyland® to your dog.         -   g. The inventor has noticed a great sensitivity to pet             nutrition by many companies especially the lams Company®             (Dayton Ohio) with reference to the following U.S. patents:             U.S. Pat. No. 6,039,952 to Sunvold, et al., issued Mar. 21,             2000, titled Composition and method for improving clinical             signs in animals with renal disease; U.S. Pat. No. 6,204,291             to Sunvold, et al., issued Mar. 20, 2001, titled Process for             promoting weight loss in overweight dogs; U.S. Pat. No.             6,180,131 to Sunvold et al., issued Jan. 30, 2001, titled             Process for improving glucose metabolism, satiety, and             nutrient absorption in companion animals; U.S. Pat. No.             5,776,524 to Reinhart, issued Jul. 7, 1998, titled Process             for treating small intestine bacterial overgrowth in             animals; U.S. Pat. No. 6,133,323 to Hayek, issued Oct. 17,             2000, titled Process for enhancing immune response in             animals using .beta.-carotene as a dietary supplement.         -   h. Additionally, U.S. Pat. No. 5,968,569 to Cavadidi et al.             (Nestec S. A., (Vevey C H), issued Oct. 19, 1999, titled Pet             food product containing probiotics;         -   i. U.S. Pat. No. 5,294,458 to Fujimori (Maruha Corp. Tokyo             JP), issued Mar. 15, 1994, titled Pet food—where this             invention contains lactosucrose to keep the intestines of             the pet in order, provide a good taste and a great effect on             deodorizing feces and urine discharged by the pet.         -   j. The importance of fiber-water for animals has been stated             (U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390) and this invention for animals is             to provide an enhanced fiber/water/liquid following the             guidelines as for humans while providing hydration along             with other active and/or non-active ingredients.         -   k. This invention for animals relates to the ability to             directly give enhanced fiber-water. Additionally and perhaps             more common might be the ability to give in-directly (mixed             in food) an enhanced fiber-water following the guidelines of             the invention ergo creating a superior product addressing             desires and/or needs, and/or both for the animal. This             beneficial liquid (unlike adding liquid vitamins and/or the             like) will increase hydration with the added feature of one             or more beneficial agents to treat a specific condition,             performance desire, promote general health and/or the like.         -   l. Animals have many of the same problems as humans as far             as the following: viral and/or bacterial infections, and/or             inflammatory conditions, and/or the like. Additionally             certain animals, such as dogs, as well as humans, sometimes             suffer from diabetes, or have an impaired ability to             regulate blood sugar levels. Once diagnosed, they have to be             closely controlled by diet, medication and/or both.         -   m. Certain animals also have a tendency towards excess             caloric intake, which increases, as in humans, the risk of             the animal developing not just diabetes but other chronic             diseases. It would be more than just desirable to manage             caloric intake through dietary means so that the animal             would become sated after meals but without excessive caloric             intake.         -   n. Animal by and large do not eat for social purposes nor do             they follow the psychological (often pathological) patterns             so associated with humans and their food behaviors.             Therefore, by this invention much can be offered to the             animal kingdom.         -   o. Additionally there are numerous, and far too many             well-designed examples of all sorts of additives being used             for animals which are, and/or do produce food for humans and             other animals. (e.g. chickens, cows, pigs etc.) Careful             consideration must be given to animals, which are “eaten”             and also of the food that they produce for eating (eggs)             and/or both.         -   p. Further there exists a special group of nutritionally             engineered products for, what the inventor calls,             competitive animals such as racehorses, polo ponies,             greyhounds (comparable to human athletics as just an             example) etc. An extension would be show animals of all             types, and working animals on ranges and farms. Further             would be animals specifically for breeding. With the             encapsulations much nutritional fortification is possible.         -   q. In our zoos and circuses we have in captivity many wild             animals, birds, etc. for which humans are responsible for             their nutrition.         -   r. With a consciousness towards the best way to deliver, in             all the categories of supplementation as described for             humans (people), one is reminded that animals do drink             everyday. It is also noted that quite often liquid is needed             to wet animal food by necessity, design, or both . . . ergo             imbibing the food with additional liquid. To use such             products to mix in animal food is a most lucrative market.             (Any packaging is applicable)         -   s. For a better explanation is . . . more specifically, pet             foods for dogs and cats, as an example, is usually             classified into             -   i. a dry type, a semi-moist and often called a soft dry                 type and a wet type. In all these instants, liquid can                 be added. The dry type pet foods include, as an example,                 a moisture content of below 10%-12% in forms such as                 kibble, biscuits, flakes, crumbles (granules).             -   ii. Semi-moist usually have a moisture content ranging                 from 25%-35% and are in the form of hamburger, ground                 meats, fowl, and/or the like.             -   iii. The wet type food includes food having high                 moisture content of 70%-85%, whereby many canned foods                 and, those that have undergone a retort process method                 fall into this category. There are oatmeal type foods                 comprising of meat and fish, as well as those that have                 additionally added vegetables and vitamins, and/or the                 like added additionally.                 -   (1) If the liquid has a flavor in it, which will                     mask the unappealing tastes of many of the                     aforementioned ingredients and/or elements as                     described for humans with and/or without                     encapsulation(s) and/or viscosity changing                     technologies then there exists a greater chance of                     compliance.                 -   (2) If the encapsulation are large (example like a                     gummy ball to be chewed) then not only can they                     carry additional fiber (with the benefits of) but                     within this invented large encapsulation, many                     additional encapsulations (with one or more active                     ingredients) which can be immediately released                     and/or timed released (according to the digestive                     tract of the particular                     animal/pet/species/size/weight and/or the like), are                     considered invented.                 -   (3) Further, even animals have fragrance preferences                     by nature and/or learned. For a cat one could                     envision a fish smelling water the inventor just                     doesn't know what kind of fish as of yet.                     Conceptually this can extend throughout the animal,                     bird, and even reptile communities.                 -   (4) It was a real learning experience for the                     inventor to study animal habits, preferences and pet                     food products for the specific goal of                     inventing/designing for this enormous category good                     tasting nutritious healthy product(s)/additives.                     Again it is important to note that the members of                     the animal kingdom do not require fancy packaging                     for which so much extra monies are spent, and                     therefore most profitable to the producing/owning                     entity while providing the best in                     nutrition/supplementation for the user.                 -   (5) Addressing bowel regularity to ensure hydration                     and regularity again of domestic animals—primarily                     cats and dogs. However, any carnivore or omnivore                     should benefit from the invention. Herbivores have                     very different gut bacteria and may be able to                     metabolize the soluble fiber. Therefore, these                     animals must be tested on a case-by-case basis.                     Domestic animals, particularly cats and dogs, also                     suffer from problems with hydration and                     constipation. Dogs are omnivorous and will naturally                     consume some fruits and vegetables. However, refined                     dog foods tend to be remarkably deficient in                     vegetable fiber. Administering a source of fortified                     fiber-water daily (with additional additives                     addressing the GI Tract) using water as the delivery                     system, since dogs etc. generally drink offered                     water can readily alleviate this problem.             -   iv. The inventors experiments showed that by adding just                 the fiber water to dry kibble (or as an example, the                 gravy forming type) or even stirred into canned dog food                 have shown that it has gone unnoticed by dogs, cats, and                 other animals.             -   v. Cats also have serious dehydration and constipation                 problems. Cats are obligate carnivores and generally                 will not knowingly consume fruits or vegetables (other                 than valuable houseplants). Kidney failure is a common                 malady of geriatric cats resulting, in part, from                 inadequate hydration. Constant vomiting is a common                 feline problem brought on by their grooming during which                 they ingest significant quantities of fur. In the wild,                 cats ingest sufficient indigestible matter (bones,                 cartilage and tendons) to provide non-vegetable fiber.                 With pet cats the owners are expected to mix fiber                 generally psyllium) with the cat's food or administer                 petroleum-based laxatives. Neither alternative is                 particularly ideal. Thus this invention, as well as                 Fiber-water, can be given as “water”, or mixed with the                 cat's food to provide sufficient fiber to prevent both                 hairballs and constipation thus solving significant                 feline problems. It appears that reduction in vomiting                 positively contributes to the hydration of cats.     -   36. Daily water program and/or incremental enhanced fiber-water,         or any liquid delivery program by design for humans and/or         animals: (regardless of the desire(s)/need(s)/condition(s)),         simultaneously with hydration:         -   The inventor has covered bolus dosing as well as spreading             out the deliver of actives through the day as being, in may             instances, advantageous.         -   a. Presented here in specifics is a daily and/or incremental             program, regardless of the category addressing (user . . .             desire/need/condition . . . matrix appropriate), whereby             delivery may be:             -   i. in multiple sets as with, example, a 2, 4, 6, or more                 4 set/pack with a specific daily purpose and always                 including hydration as a main goal) as example they may                 include different but not related and/or different but                 related (as exampled with a daily supply of RDA vitamins                 and minerals which might be served/spread over a                 designated period of time (e.g. 12 to 24 hours).             -   ii. An integrated program for weight loss might include                 but not be limited to                 -   (1) A multi-pack (regardless of containers) rising                     water for the first thing in the morning, one or                     more throughout the day, then the retiring water . .                     . the last before bedtime. (The amount and/or the                     constituents may vary) Separate containers might be                     even the same formula but easier to transport . . .                     and/or again might be packaged in separate                     containers if the formulations are different                 -    (a) Color coded for changes of the time of day, or                     the ingredients within                 -    (b) Viscosity changes for the time of day, for a                     dieter especially, with or without encapsulations                     (thicker may mean more fiber and/or different                     fibers, or thicker but not with fiber, any with or                     without encapsulations                 -    (c) Glucose supplementation (which the inventor                     knows can be manipulated to taste like water with,                     as an example, offsetting with one or more                     acidulates, and/or acid plus other ingredients, or                     other ingredients with no acid known in the art of                     formulation.                 -   (2) Multiple servings might be in one large bottle                 -   (3) Perhaps there might be 2 bottles, one to last as                     an example 6 hours and the second to be sipped over                     the next 6 hours. Can be the same or different                     formulas.             -   iii. For children especially creativity is important,                 and for business bringing on not just the sale of                 product, but the opportunity for licensing and cross                 promotions with major entertainment and/or “like                 entertainment” companies etc. can be enormously                 profitable as well as responsible. The inventor calls                 attention to the following example;                 -   (1) In relation to a “fireman theme” by packing                     small individual bottles/containers/(containers that                     have graphics are more attractive to children . . .                     but clear is suggested if there is to be a reaction                     in the packaging that the child will want to                     observe) in a fire station and/or in a fire-truck,                     and/or in a fire-truck in the fire station as a                     double incentive.                 -   (2) Now we are starting to notice that with one unit                     it is possible but with more than one it brings in                     the toy element, games, collectables, tradeables                     etc. which can be made of any material, shape,                     design, indicia, etc. If a treasure to be kept then                     it is conceivable that there be electronics, lights,                     noise, etc. added. All considered as part of the                     creativity and ergo the “inventivness”.                 -   (3) The drinks can be different colors for specific                     reasons . . . Red for fire . . . . If with a story                     blue means that you put the fire out. (Perhaps even                     included information about firemen and/or the                     department.                 -   (4) Again of note is that if it for multiple units                     are packed with the reconstituting liquid regardless                     of portion size per bottle the container for the                     unit(s) does not have to be metal or plastic;                     graphics on a paperboard box and/or a paperboard box                     tray is also envisioned. Further; if it is presented                     in a tray like form as opposed to a “closed carton”,                     it could be with or without a continuation of the                     concept printed on the plastic covering.             -   iv. It also provides the opportunity for additional                 literature, advertising and/or the like. Literature of                 all sorts, not just as related to the theme may be                 included in any form, promotion, game, contest and/or                 the like.             -   v. The size may be one serving and/or more based on 8                 oz. per serving and/or perhaps scaled down appropriately                 for a child as in relation to age. (e.g., in lots of 4,                 6, 12, 24, etc. whatever to be used through out the day,                 week, month.             -   vi. Even a case a week or a month club with a different                 theme and can be delivered as a business method for the                 home delivery companies and/or sold off of the internet.                 It can work as “pay as you go” and/or on a revolving                 charge.             -   vii. They also can be of the same nature and/or an                 assortment of different containers with different                 natures with and/or without the same intent and/or                 interrelated intent like.     -   37. The object of the invention is to present other forms of the         liquid, simultaneously with hydration, which might fall         (classified by some) into one or more of the following         categories known by the descriptives: Concentrates. Needs         reducing; Elixirs, Usually a sweetened medicinal solution;         Tonics, Usually considered to be anything that refreshes. In         different parts of the world references are different. The         inventor for this purpose uses the word “LIQUID” to include all         of the just mentioned and/or the like.     -   38. The use of coloring agents, flavorings, and/or the like,         simultaneously with hydration. It may also be desired and/or         advantageous/useful to add colors:         -   a. To denote grade/strength of one or more ingredients so as             to be can be identified at a glance.         -   b. To denote product content         -   c. For decoration color can be use to attract and/or enhance             desirability.         -   d. Color may be functional/nutritive. Those colorings with             nutritive values include but are not limited to colorings             from pumpkin, cacti, lycopene from tomatoes, berries, and             cartinoids from the fruit of red pepper.         -   e. It is also the object of the invention to use colors of             food grade quality so that when the drink is spilled, the             color is not permanent. It has been possible to do this with             most colors up until now with the exception of green. U.S.             Pat. No. 5,993,880 to Frost, et al., issued Nov. 30, 1999             (Kraft Foods Inc.) presents a new form of green color             prepared by specially treating copper chlorophyllin. Other             colorings of unique value and nutritional value with sound             scientific evidence shall be sought and included in the             inventive compositions.     -   39. It is the objective of this invention simultaneously with         hydration to incorporate Imbibing and Reconstituting Objectives         -   a. It is also a feature of the invention that it can also be             used to add the compositions to food. For example, any             packaged food and/or beverage can be reconstituted so as to             yield an enhanced food and/or beverage with additional             elements as herein described.             -   i. This means that (and in certain instances to those                 knowledgeable in the art, as might be with                 encapsulations) extreme heating is not                 advisable/possible but it is foreseeable in many                 instances that if the enhanced fiber-water is used these                 foods will also become enhanced.             -   ii. If dried or concentrated fruits, vegetables, etc.                 are soaked in the product, they will become imbibed, as                 well as softened, and ergo more digestible due to the                 absorption of liquid.             -   iii. Fiber and the specific added enrichments to the                 liquid can readily be added to all types of packaged                 food including gelatin products and to canned                 concentrated foods such as soups (mainly those not                 requiring heat).             -   iv. In addition, the liquid can be frozen to provide                 enriched healthy ice cubes, crushed ice, pops, etc.     -   40. An object of the invention is to prevent a diagnostic         fiberwater simultaneously with hydration: Fiber-waters for         diagnosing for one or more conditions         -   Fiber-water with enhanced fortified substances that are             delivered with hydration for beneficial and/or diagnostic             agents with the intent and/or designed specifically for             permitting such administration with or without functional             and/or decorative elements. The deliver of such may be in             the background liquid, the viscosity, the encapsulations or             any combination of the just said. They may be colored             denoting use and/or for decorative purposes and/or both.         -   a. Diagnostics, as teeth disclosure of plaque         -   b. Radioactivity diagnostics         -   c. Diagnostic agents with health-enhancing component(s),         -   d. and/or a combination of one or more of the above with or             without colors, decorative elements and/or the like     -   41. Objectives for specific conditions:         -   a. Natural catastrophes and emergencies are certainly a             source of stress as are medical problems. Numerous and             varied medical conditions, both short term and long term,             may require feeding an individual through a tube. The two             types of tubes used most commonly are the naso-gastric tube             and the gastrostomy tube. In either case nutriment is             supplied directly into the stomach. The present inventor is             a named inventor on U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,315,513 and 4,393,873             for a percutaneous transport tube with a one-way valve for             gastric feeding, and is an expert on the subject of             conditions and problems related to tube feeding.         -   b. Great efforts have been made by major corporations to             provide balanced nutritional formulations for specific             medical conditions to be used for tube feeding. Depending on             the specific medical condition, the severity of the problem,             and/or a moment in time, multiple needs may be met including             the soluble fiber on which this invention is built.             -   i. One of the major short-comings of commercial premixed                 products is that they do not readily contain enough                 fiber and/or other necessary additives. There are                 continuing on going efforts to create tube-feeding                 formulas that will address this problem. As an example                 Novartis Nutrition has created IMPACT with Fiber. This                 product contains 250 calories per 250-ml can and only                 2.5-mg of fiber. Also, liquid foods capable of passing                 through a tube are frequently high in calories and low                 in fiber and other desired additives might not be                 appropriate.                 -   (1) Fiber is important as has been said because                     patients on tube feedings usually do not get the                     optimal opportunity, nor amount of physical                     activities. Such activity is important in                     stimulating proper functioning of the digestive                     tract. Therefore one can certainly surmise the                     additional importance of fiber in the diets of these                     individuals. The inventor also notes that some                     patients may have a high requirement for fiber                     whereas others do not. Therefore, one may administer                     excess calories in an attempt to provide adequate                     fiber (and/or other ingredients).                 -   (2) Depending on the design of the particular tube,                     it may be expected that the viscosity of the feeding                     liquid may be a problem, however encapsulations will                     not present a problem. The inventor has demonstrated                     the 35 g of soluble fiber mixed with 2 ounces of                     safe water presents no problem in passing through                     the aforementioned-patented tube. With the                     consideration that her inventions possess a one-way                     valve it is far more difficult to use a viscous                     product than with the conventional latex tubes which                     have the additional options of using gravity flow                     techniques.                 -   (3) Additionally, one must take into serious                     consideration the fact that nasal-gastric fed                     patients are more sensitive to being fed                     continuously, and/or more frequently by the tube.                     Problem also may occur when the formulation is more                     viscous. This is especially true in traumatized and                     overly sensitive patients. Extensive feedings                     through these tubes may often irritate the throat.                     This has been addressed and taken most seriously by                     the inventor.                 -   (4) Whether it is for hospital, home, or travel like                     situations the ultimate solution for tube fed                     patients is to supplement the feeding regime with                     enriched fiber-water based products along with                     and/or to replace plain pure water.                 -   (5) Fortified fiber waters, as described herein,                     are:                 -    (a) Simple and accurate to administer.                 -    (b) Perfect for designing an individual product                     especially if they are packaged inn vials                 -    (c) The resulting liquid can be used as a                     stand-alone product or mixed with a given formula                     before delivering it to the patient as a single                     unit.                 -    (d) Further, the liquid can be added to the tube                     line in tandem with other supplementation (see U.S.                     Pat. No. 5,531,734 to Geckle, et al., issued Jul. 2,                     1996, Method of Altering Composition of Nutritional                     Product During Enteral Tube Feeding, and U.S. Pat.                     No. 5,533,973 to Piontek, et al., to Jul. 9, 1996,                     Alteration of Nutritional Product During Enteral                     Tube Feeding).                 -    (e) The inventor contemplates that the ingredients,                     other than the fiber (and not just for tube feedings                     but for the general consumer marketplace) may remain                     consistent/the same, but the grades and blends of                     fiber change. This can be denoted by changes in the                     color of the liquid and/or the packaging, markings,                     etc                 -    (f) It is further contemplated that not only will                     color denote the strengths and/or types of fiber                     and/or additives, but to note, that color has often                     been denoted to coincide with flavor. Thus, to a                     tube fed patient this addition of color might be                     pleasing, especially to a child patient, and provide                     a distraction from an unpleasant situation. Further,                     since these tubes are not always permanent, and if                     the liquid colored or whatever liquid experience                     should mean to the user accomplishes the designed                     intent, and is both convenient and pleasant the                     inventor is hopeful that on going use of such fluid                     will continue on a regular basis. The value of said                     fluid(s) will be carried forward to promote good                     health for life.     -   42. An object of the invention is to enhance the looks “appeal”         of drinking water for those who do not like to drink. While the         fiber is tasteless, and it tastes just like water some people         find that boring, ergo do not drink enough. It is possible then         that, as with the additives, the final product presents as         fiberwater with decorations. Festive looks such as ribbons,         bubbles, dots, recognizable shapes at random or arranged         (licensing) and/or the like are most appealing. The         inventiveness is to decorate the contents.         -   a. One does not often think of “decorative” as an additive             of value but is considered to be most definitely here. While             container decorations and label decorations are to often             attract and, as an example, colored waters attract if they             have no other value added enhancements they are of value             because the value might be solely for the purpose of:             -   i. Attracting a consumer             -   ii. Promoting a positive image             -   iii. Changing the perceptions of a consumer             -   iv. Promoting the “sale”             -   v. Differentiating from the competition etc.         -   b. The inventor has conducted “look” studies with mainly             children using hand sanitizers and hair preparations, which             have bubble looking “identifiables”, visuals” inside the             bottle.         -   c. These look good objects may or may not have functions             beyond looks.         -   d. Decorating liquids would be a proper verbiage and visuals             count.         -   e. This invention includes any indicia, or more than one, as             in duplicating and/or as in more than one representation, in             the container, actives/nutritive and/or decorative for brand             recognition, advertising purposes, licensing, cross             promotions and/or the like.             -   i. Most likely this would be in a container whereby the                 indicia can be viewed through at least one side.             -   ii. If not viewable the when the liquid is poured then                 it/they will become visible in the drinking container.             -   iii. Or both.     -   43. It is an object of the invention to provide an adhesive         system whereby any portion of the invention (the liquid itself         without the companion, the companion, or both) that goes through         the oral cavity may stick to the teeth, gums, or any area of the         aforementioned cavity and provide the continuous release of one         or more active ingredients that may work independently and or in         consort to medicate, nourish, support, heal, and/or the like.         The delivery system used adheres.         -   a. As an example it is possible to provide an anti-bacterial             to remain in the pockets of the gums, plaque remover to the             teeth in such a way that the “washing over the teeth” will             provide ingredients and delivery systems that will stick to             the teeth and break down plaque, or even tatter, over a             protracted period of time.         -   b. As we develop more and more “good guy” organisms to fight             the “bad guy” organisms beginning their work in the oral             cavity better health will follow.         -   c. Certainly this inventiveness can be combined with oral             disclosing of plaque, visually, as well as other             enhancements working in consort or independently.     -   44. An object of the invention is to develop a fiber-water with         the aforementioned control factors, mainly encapsulations and         viscosity changes relating to those with hypoglycemia, acute         and/or chronic as a carbohydrate metabolic disorder and/or         whatever the cause. Fiber-Water for Hypoglycemics.         -   a. Glucose, a form of sugar, is the body's main fuel.             Hypoglycemia, or low blood sugar, occurs when blood levels             of glucose drop too low to fuel the body's activity.         -   b. Carbohydrates (sugars and starches) are the body's main             dietary sources of glucose. During digestion, the glucose is             absorbed into the blood stream (hence the term “blood             sugar”), which carries it to every cell in the body. Unused             glucose is stored in the liver as glycogen.         -   c. Hypoglycemia can occur as a complication of diabetes, as             a condition in itself, or in association with other             disorders.         -   d. The normal range for blood sugar is about 60 mg/dL             (milligrams of glucose per deciliter of blood) to 120 mg/dL,             depending on when a person last ate. In the fasting state,             blood sugar can occasionally fall below 60 mg/dL and even to             below 50 mg/dL and not indicate a serious abnormality or             disease. This can be seen in healthy women, particularly             after prolonged fasting. Blood sugar levels below 45 mg/dL             are almost always associated with a serious abnormality.         -   e. The amount of glucose in the blood is controlled mainly             by the hormones insulin and glucagon. Too much or too little             of these hormones can cause blood sugar levels to fall too             low (hypoglycemia) or rise too high (hyperglycemia). Other             hormones that influence blood sugar levels are cortisol,             growth hormone, and catecholamines (epinephrine and             norepinephrine).         -   f. The pancreas, a gland in the upper abdomen, produces             insulin and glucagon. The pancreas is dotted with             hormone-producing tissue called the islets of Langerhans,             which contain alpha and beta cells. When blood sugar rises             after a meal, the beta cells release insulin. The insulin             helps glucose enter body cells, lowering blood levels of             glucose to the normal range. When blood sugar drops too low,             the alpha cells secrete glucagon. This signals the liver to             release stored glycogen and change it back to glucose,             raising blood sugar levels to the normal range. Muscles also             store glycogen that can be converted to glucose.         -   g. A person with hypoglycemia may feel weak, drowsy,             confused, hungry, and dizzy. Paleness, headache,             irritability, trembling, sweating, rapid heartbeat, and a             cold, clammy feeling are also signs of low blood sugar. In             severe cases, a person can lose consciousness and even lapse             into a coma.         -   h. Hypoglycemia as related to diabetes             -   i. The most common cause of hypoglycemia is as a                 complication of diabetes. Diabetes occurs when the body                 cannot use glucose for fuel because either the pancreas                 is not able to make enough insulin or the insulin that                 is available is not effective. As a result, glucose                 builds up in the blood instead of getting into body                 cells.             -   ii. The aim of treatment in diabetes is to lower high                 blood sugar levels. To do this, people with diabetes may                 use insulin or oral drugs, depending on the type of                 diabetes they have or the severity of their condition.                 Hypoglycemia occurs most often in people who use insulin                 to lower their blood sugar. All people with type 1                 diabetes and some people with type 2 diabetes use                 insulin. People with type 2 diabetes who take oral drugs                 called sulfonylureas are also vulnerable to low blood                 sugar episodes.             -   iii. Conditions that can lead to hypoglycemia in people                 with diabetes include taking too much medication,                 missing or delaying a meal, eating too little food for                 the amount of insulin taken, exercising too strenuously,                 drinking too much alcohol, or any combination of these                 factors. People who have diabetes often refer to                 hypoglycemia as an “insulin reaction.”             -   iv. Managing Hypoglycemia in Diabetesis critical and                 people with diabetes should consult their health care                 providers for individual guidelines on target blood                 sugar ranges that are best for them. The lowest safe                 blood sugar level for an individual varies, depending on                 the person's age, medical condition, and ability to                 sense hypoglycemic symptoms. A target range that is safe                 for a young adult with no diabetes complications, for                 example, may be too low for a young child or an older                 person who may have other medical problems.             -   v. Because they are attuned to the symptoms, people with                 diabetes can usually recognize when their blood sugar                 levels are dropping too low. They can treat the                 condition quickly by eating or drinking something with                 sugar in it such as candy, juice, or a non-diet soda.                 Taking glucose tablets or gels (available in drug                 stores) is another convenient and quick way to treat                 hypoglycemia.             -   vi. People with type 1 diabetes are most vulnerable to                 severe insulin reactions, which can cause loss of                 consciousness. A few patients with long-standing                 insulin-dependent diabetes may develop a condition known                 as hypoglycemia unawareness, in which they have                 difficulty recognizing the symptoms of low blood sugar.                 For emergency use in patients with type I diabetes,                 physicians often prescribe an injectable form of the                 hormone glucagon. A glucagon injection (given by another                 person) quickly eases the symptoms of low blood sugar,                 releasing a burst of glucose into the blood.             -   vii. Emergency medical help may be needed if the person                 does not recover in a few minutes after treatment for                 hypoglycemia. A person suffering a severe insulin                 reaction may be admitted to the hospital so that blood                 sugar can be stabilized.             -   viii. People with diabetes can reduce or prevent                 episodes of hypoglycemia by monitoring their blood sugar                 levels frequently and learning to recognize the symptoms                 of low blood sugar and the situations that may trigger                 it. They should consult their health care providers for                 advice about the best way to treat low blood sugar.                 Friends and relatives should know about the symptoms of                 hypoglycemia and how to treat it in case of emergency.                 Hypoglycemia in people who do not have diabetes is far                 less common than once believed. However, it can occur in                 some people under certain conditions such as early                 pregnancy, prolonged fasting, and long periods of                 strenuous exercise. People on beta-blocker medications                 who exercise are at higher risk of hypoglycemia, and                 aspirin can induce hypoglycemia in some children.                 Drinking alcohol can cause blood sugar to drop in some                 sensitive individuals, and hypoglycemia has been well                 documented in chronic alcoholics and binge drinkers.         -   i. To diagnose hypoglycemia in people who do not have             diabetes, the doctor looks for the following three             conditions:             -   i. The patient complains of symptoms of hypoglycemia             -   ii. Blood glucose levels are measured while the person                 is experiencing those symptoms and found to be 45 mg/dL                 or less in a woman or 55 mg/dL or less in a man             -   iii. The symptoms are promptly relieved upon ingestion                 of sugar.         -   j. For many years, the oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT)             was used to diagnose hypoglycemia. Experts now realize that             the OGTT can actually trigger hypoglycemic symptoms in             people with no signs of the disorder. For a more accurate             diagnosis, experts now recommend that blood sugar be tested             at the same time a person is experiencing hypoglycemic             symptoms.         -   k. Reactive Hypoglycemia             -   i. A diagnosis of reactive hypoglycemia is considered                 only after other possible causes of low blood sugar have                 been ruled out. Reactive hypoglycemia with no known                 cause is a condition in which the symptoms of low blood                 sugar appear 2 to 5 hours after eating foods high in                 glucose.             -   ii. Ten to 20 years ago, hypoglycemia was a popular                 diagnosis. However, studies now show that this condition                 is actually quite rare. In these studies, most patients                 who experienced the symptoms of hypoglycemia after                 eating glucose-rich foods consistently had normal levels                 of blood sugar—above 60 mg/dL. Some researchers have                 suggested that some people may be extra sensitive to the                 body's normal release of the hormone epinephrine after a                 meal.             -   iii. People with symptoms of reactive hypoglycemia                 unrelated to other medical conditions or problems are                 usually advised to follow a healthy eating plan. The                 doctor or dietitian may suggest that such a person avoid                 foods high in carbohydrates; eat small, frequent meals                 and snacks throughout the day; exercise regularly; and                 eat a variety of foods, including whole grains,                 vegetables, and fruits.         -   l. Rare Causes of Hypoglycemia             -   i. Fasting hypoglycemia occurs when the stomach is                 empty. It usually develops in the early morning when a                 person awakens. As with other forms of hypoglycemia, the                 symptoms include headache, lack of energy, and an                 inability to concentrate. Fasting hypoglycemia may be                 caused by a variety of conditions such as hereditary                 enzyme or hormone deficiencies, liver disease, and                 insulin-producing tumors.             -   ii. Hereditary Glycogen Storage Disease                 -   (1) The treatment for all glycogen storage diseases                     is aimed at prevention. Treatment needs to be                     started as soon as the disorder is diagnosed. For                     GSD type 1a, diet is the cornerstone of treatment.                     The brain can only use glucose for energy. To avoid                     low blood sugar, it is therefore essential for the                     person to constantly have a source of energy that                     their body can use. Since it is impossible to be                     eating all the time, people with this type of GSD                     usually:                 -    (a) have tube feedings while they sleep, or                 -    (b) wake up in the night to take cornstarch, or                 -    (c) take cornstarch between meals                 -    (i) Cornstarch takes a long time for the body to                     break down and is therefore available as an energy                     source during periods of fasting.                 -   (2) Untreated glycogen storage disease type 1a can                     lead to:                 -    (a) Very low blood sugar, which can be                     life-threatening                 -    (b) enlarged liver                 -    (c) muscle wasting                 -    (d) high levels of cholesterol                 -    (e) blood clotting problems                 -    (f) susceptibility to infections                 -    (g) stunted growth                 -    (h) bone problems (osteoporosis)                 -    (i) liver problems                 -   (3) Kidney problems: People with GSD type 1a who are                     in good metabolic control through diet management                     can prevent low blood sugar. They also have fewer                     symptoms and long-term complications.             -   iii. In hereditary fructose intolerance, a disorder                 usually seen in children, the body is unable to                 metabolize the natural sugar fructose.                 -   (1) Giving glucose and eliminating fructose from the                     diet treat attacks of hypoglycemia, marked by                     seizures, vomiting, and unconsciousness.             -   iv. Galactosemia, a rare genetic disorder, hampers the                 body's ability to process the sugar galactose.                 -   (1) An infant with this disorder may appear normal                     at birth, but after a few days or weeks of drinking                     milk (which contains galactose), the child may begin                     to vomit, lose weight, and develop cataracts.                 -   (2) The liver may fail to release stored glycogen                     into the blood, triggering hypoglycemia.             -   v. A deficiency of growth hormone causes increased                 sensitivity to insulin.             -   vi. This sensitivity occurs because growth hormone                 opposes the action of insulin on muscle and fat cells.                 -   (1) For this reason, children with growth hormone                     deficiency sometimes suffer from hypoglycemia, which                     goes away after treatment.         -   m. After citing the above information it is noted that, by             the action of the fiber(s) and with the proper ratio, along             with the features of the invention one is hopeful that many             of the symptoms of hypoglycemia may be reduced and/or             ameliorated.         -   n. Further adding medication and the controlling of the             release of the active ingredients enhance the invention.         -   o. It is to be again noted that many people do not take             medication at all, miss doses, and look for excuses. It is             necessary to drink water everyday to live. So it then             becomes a very unique and sophisticated delivery system.     -   45. An object of the invention is to look at a “more than one         delivery” system and/or vehicle working in consort for the         desired outcome/result.         -   a. Covered thoroughly in this invention is the basic fact             that water, in U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,390, to this inventor is             the delivery system for fiber and with enrichments being             delivered through viscosity changes, encapsulations, and or             both there now exists more than one delivery system within             the container.             -   i. The delivery systems may also have by nature and or                 by employing scientific technologies the ability to                 sustain and or control the release of the significant                 ingredient(s).         -   b. It is to be considered, by this inventiveness, that             additional delivery systems be offered which will work in             consort with the enhanced fiberwater, and/or realistically             with any container of liquid (even soup and/or soup like)             that has a designated purpose . . . even water to hydrate .             . . which are not in the container.             -   i. A dual compartment container may be used for this                 purpose whereby one part contains the fiberwater,                 fiberwater enhanced with additives and/or the like                 -   (1) Two or more compartments may exists in a                     companion to the liquid container             -   ii. They may be in the same form as in the container                 (liquid or the like), or a different form (gel, dry                 form)             -   iii. The important factor here is to be able to deliver                 bio-available ingredients/enhancements to the consumer                 whereby to be effective/results obtained, the amount(s)                 of the active cannot “fit” within the parameters of the                 drink. For an example to get the significant ingredients                 one might have to take more than one drink and that                 might not be practical and/or could even present                 “negatives”. This may employ                 -   (1) using the digestive system (by mouth)                 -   (2) or without having to use the digestive system,                     such delivery systems include but are not limited                     to:                 -    (a) Trans-dermal (patch)                 -    (b) Trans-mucousal (patch)                 -    (c) Sublingual                 -    (d) Topical; to be used on the skin (ratioed to                     density of the skin along with particle size                     appropriate to absorption) . . . in such form as a                     salve, a cream, a lotion, and/or the like                 -    (i) As an example, an athlete who presents out of                     doors, it is possible to present a sports drink with                     amino acids (which may relieve fatigue as an                     example). The amino acids may be part of the drink,                     or in a creme with or without sun protection (SPF                     rating), which will serve to provide and/or support                     one or more targets.                 -    (e) Rectal                 -    (f) Injectable                 -    (g) Subcutanesous             -   iv. Such additives are not designed to go into or                 combined with the liquid, but are presented in such                 fashion as to be taken with the liquid drink and/or                 soup.                 -   (1) They may present in one or more of the following                     forms . . . and taken, used, or both in consort with                     the liquid.                 -    (a) Pill, capsule, tablet form to be swallowed with                     the liquid                 -    (b) Gel, gu form and packaged as an example like                     the well known, and well received, mustard, catsup,                     mayonnaise packets to be taken with the liquid                 -    (c) Vials                 -    (d) Packets in any other form than #2 above . . .                     these may present in a candy like form, granules,                     liquid, lozenge, beads, and/or the like which may or                     may not include another delivery system such as                     encapsulations (regardless of size, shape, color,                     visible and or non-visible)             -   v. They may also have a relationship with the liquid,                 regardless of form, that is time sensitive                 -   (1) This is best described as a time frame exact,                     approximate, or both whereby you have a prescribed                     interval as related to ingesting, ingesting and                     using the companions             -   vi. Likely situations would include, but not be limited                 to, a metered portion of the companion(s) to fiberwater                 (as the example), that would be packaged in one of the                 following manners and sold                 -   (1) As a unit with the product/container regardless                     of the packaging                 -   (2) Sold separately in one or more units, which are                     targeting the same function and/or varied functions.             -   vii. Business models                 -   (1) This section of inventiveness allows companies                     to enhance the value of their existing products with                     out changing the basis product, which presents a                     value to the consumer and information to the                     marketer/producing company etc.                 -   (2) The public is a giant feed back machine.                     Basically the public does not buy, once and/or                     continuously, what they do not want. Or if tied with                     a promotion or a bonus the feed back will sort out                     by the obvious             -   viii. This inventiveness serves as a vehicle to test                 market new production technologies, methodologies,                 products, and/or the like                 -   (1) As the just mentioned advances new opportunities                     become available . . . new equipment as an example.                     This will allow companies to put more additives                     inside the liquid. What to put in will be important                     and if the company has feed back as to what the                     public will select this is a valuable test-marketing                     tool. (It is to be noted that the inventor's CIP to                     her PCT as related to infusion packets/business                     models is used in the same way and described in                     further detail).             -   ix. This inventiveness also works with this inventors                 vending and distribution models in her CIP to her PCT                 Titled: Method of Hydration: Infusion Packet System(s),                 Support Member(s) Delivery System(s) and Method(s); with                 Business Model(s) and Method(s), whereby through                 vending, fast food chains, restaurants, stadiums,                 concert halls, food and beverage concessions, street                 carts, and/or the like the public directly has the                 ability to acquire a companion product in one or more                 formats to be used with the liquid.             -   x. It is conceived that the companion product be present                 in more than one chamber of the packaging, with more                 than one exit portals to be opened simultaneously or in                 consort.

Having presented extensive information thus far on the benefits of adding ingredients to fiber-water with the novelties herein invented, the inventor wishes that it be understood that we can make a difference by taking responsibility, and that additionally and hopefully, in the future health problems may be addressed more readily and effectively through safe products based on sound and reputable science.

Companies, formulations, inventors must make a tremendous responsibility for our health. Certainly one sees that the carrot, the orange, the broccoli, etc. proudly stand on their own. But we are designing, and promoting, “not occurring natural foods”. However we are delivering them through naturally occurring water.

With that being said the inventor is hopeful that she may humbly and graciously provide the next generation of liquids with new and novel delivery systems and these will deliver the best possible additives, ergo playing a most significant role in designing the future, whereby the ingestion of the components of this invention and the ingredients they deliver through water . . . that one essentially needed element to live, on a daily basis will ameliorate, delay, make more livable, or altogether prevent, many health challenges. Live longer and live healthier . . .

In addition to the equivalents of the claimed elements, obvious substitutions now or later known to one with ordinary skill in the art are defined to be within the scope of die defined elements. The claims are thus to be understood to include what is specifically illustrated and described above, what is conceptually equivalent, what can be obviously substituted and also what essentially incorporates the essential idea of the invention. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that various adaptations and modifications of the just described preferred embodiment can be configured without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. The illustrated embodiment has been set forth only for the purposes of example and that should not be taken as limiting the invention. Therefore, it is to be understood that, within the scope of the appended claims, the invention may be practiced other than as specifically described herein. 

1. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and preventing (i) a disease and/or (ii) a progression of the disease in at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 2. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and curing a disease in at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 3. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and diagnosing a medical condition in at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 4. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing one or more specific diagnosed medical conditions of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 5. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing heart health of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 6. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and lowering serum cholesterol of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 7. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and removing a toxin from a body of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 8. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and lowering the risk of cancer of a human by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 9. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing a cancer of a human by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 10. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing a carbohydrate metabolic disorder of a human by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 11. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and moderating the absorption of a carbohydrate by at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 12. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing diabetes of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 13. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and managing weight of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 14. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and suppressing appetite of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 15. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing a bone and/or joint disorder of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 16. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and disclosing plaque deposits on teeth of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 17. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing inflammation of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 18. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing pain of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 19. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and promoting relaxation of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 20. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing free radicals of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 21. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and bolstering the immunity of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 22. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing a viral infection of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 23. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing a bacterial infection of a human by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 24. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing a parasite and/or yeast infection of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 25. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing an auto-immune disease of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 26. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing gastrointestinal tract function of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 27. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing colon motility and bowel regularity of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 28. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing a mood disorder of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 29. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition including (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients; and controlling the release of one or more of the different health enhancing ingredients in a digestive system of at least one of a human and an animal by delivering the composition into the at least one of the human and the animal.
 30. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing the aging of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 31. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and reducing breath and/or body odors of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 32. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and delivering nicotine and/or caffeine to at least one of a human and an animal, while reducing the harmful effects of the nicotine and/or the caffeine to the at least one of the human and the animal, by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 33. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing fatigue and/or lack of mental alertness of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 34. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and addressing arthritis of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 35. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and boosting the energy of at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 36. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and treating premenopausal, menopausal and/or postmenopausal woman by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 37. A method comprising: providing a controlled release isotonic sports drink; and maintaining a blood glucose level for a sustained period of time of at least one of a human and an animal by using the sports drink, wherein the sports drink includes (i) safe water and (ii) one or more encapsulated products containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 38. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and reducing an intake of sweeteners and/or chemical additives by at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) one or more encapsulated products containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients.
 39. A method comprising: providing a nutritionally fortified liquid composition; and reducing an intake of sweeteners and/or chemical additives by at least one of a human and an animal by using the composition, wherein the composition includes (i) safe water and (ii) an encapsulated product containing a plurality of different health enhancing ingredients and preserving the biological activity of the plurality of different health enhancing ingredients. 